Wikipedia:Help desk/Archive 58

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to: navigation, search
This is an archive of the help desk. Please do not edit this page. To ask a new question, go to this page.

Contents

help on image uploading and placement of image[edit]

hi i was trying to upload cover page images of Vaartha Bhaarathi, a Kannada Daily publishing from mangalore. but its been deleted. dont know why? that image was created by me. can u also let me know how to insert images in the places where it is needed? can u please help? Abushahin 13:15, 5 August 2006 (UTC)

You need to include the following when you upload an image, else it gets deleted: (1) Source of the image (mention if you made it yourself) (2) Copyright holder and license of the file. For more information, see Wikipedia:Image use policy. You can refer to it in your wiki pages by including its file name: [[Image:NameOfImage.png|Alternate Text]]. See also Wikipedia:Picture tutorial and Wikipedia:Extended image syntax. Cheers, Tangotango 13:20, 5 August 2006 (UTC)
When you say "the image was created by me", do you mean that you are the publisher and copyright holder of the newspaper? Notinasnaid 18:15, 5 August 2006 (UTC)

Yes. Its was a digital photography and was taken by me. I am also the webmaster of www.vaarthabhaarathi.com which soon will have a Kannada news poratl. Abushahin 04:59, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

What you could do is include a note in your web site - that is, the official site of the newspaper, releasing that cover either into the public domain, or under a suitable license for Wikipedia. (Note that you cannot prevent commercial use). When you upload the image, state that you are the copyright holder, and refer to the URL of the page with the note. That way, people can verify that the picture is allowed to be there. Otherwise, people who want to respect your copyright will (ironically) delete your picture from Wikipedia. Notinasnaid 07:47, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


New Line[edit]

How do I start a new line without putting in a double space or using bullets?

If I hit enter once (as I just did after the word once), it seems to be ignored. If I hit enter twice

(as I did after the word twice), I get a blank line. Ordinary Person 16:34, 5 August 2006 (UTC)

You can insert <br /> to force a new line, but use this sparingly. - Tangotango 16:37, 5 August 2006 (UTC)
Much appreciated. Ordinary Person 07:09, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Iraq Government[edit]

Before 2003 Iraq's government included a 250 or so member elected assembly,,evidently this assembly allowed a lot of power to reside in the executive,as the U.S. legislative branch does now,,there was a national election earlier this year in iraq inder a new form of government, were many of the old assembly members elected to the new government? Gary Day

 Garyday 01:54, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. -- Natalya 02:14, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Number of Contributions[edit]

I am sorry about the seeming insignificance of this question, but I would just like to know if there is a way to know the number of contributions one has made. If the answer is in the affermative, then please instruct me on how this may be done. Forgot to sign, (UAAC 06:46, 6 August 2006 (UTC))

There is. Go here and follow these instructions User:Interiot/Tool2 for installing the tool.--Crossmr 06:47, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
There is even a term for it. See Wikipedia:Editcountitis:) -- Lost(talk) 06:51, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
Essjay's Count.php is an easy way to check.--Commander Keane 06:54, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


How to deal with advertisement?[edit]

The article Tumkur has a clear piece of advertisement in it. I don't know what to do with it. Can an experienced user please look into it and also advise me as to what to do if I come across such things. Thanks Shruth 07:35, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

You should remove it. I have just edited the article to revert its addition. You might also want to report it to admins if it appears to be part of a concerted advertising effort.—WAvegetarian(talk) 07:44, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Problem confirming email[edit]

After registering, I have been unable to activate my account. I received the email but when I clicked on the link I got a page saying, "Invalid confirmation code. The code may have expired." This happened immediately after I registered (i.e., 30 seconds later). I tried again in a while but had the same result. Please advise how to proceed. Rivertorch 09:17, 5 August 2006 (UTC)

One thing to keep in mind is that only the most recent confirmation email you send will work. When you send a new confirmation email it makes all the previous ones expire immediately. - Tangotango 09:21, 5 August 2006 (UTC)

Yes, I realize that. However, it didn't work the first time either. At any rate, I am at a loss as to what to do. I tried it again and had the same problem. Would appreciate specific advice on how to make this work. Thanks.Rivertorch 10:19, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Street Fighter 2 (Capcom classics collection reloaded info)[edit]

howcome my info for Street Fighter 2 which is gonna be released to Capcom Classics Collection Reloaded was deleted!!? It was true news!—The preceding unsigned comment was added by 68.149.124.120 (talkcontribs) .

If you look in the history of the page by clicking the 'history' tab at the top, you can find who reverted it, and they should leave an edit summary explaining why. User:Danny Lilithborne reverted it with the edit summary "WP:RS" [1], which is a bit opaque, but what he means is that he wants there to be a reliable source (the shortcut for that page is WP:RS) cited before the information can be added. If you remember where you read the information, you can readd it, citing your source, so long as it qualifies as reliable. If you don't know how to use citation tags or you'd like someone to check whether it is a reliable source, post on Talk:Super Street Fighter II and someone will add it. --Sam Blanning(talk) 12:39, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Moving Wikipedia:Orphaned Articles[edit]

How many things will I break if I move Wikipedia:Orphaned Articles to Wikipedia:Orphaned articles to fix the capitalization of the title? —Bkell (talk) 08:19, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Well there is a hell of a lot linking in. See what links here. ViridaeTalk 08:46, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
Okay, but hypothetically if I were to move the article and patch up the double redirects that would be created, would I break anything fundamentally? Are there templates or bots or AutoWikiBrowsers or things that need the page to be exactly where it is? Would I have a hundred admins angry at me for mucking up a key cog in the machinery of some Wikipedia process? —Bkell (talk) 08:51, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
That one I can't answer. See WP:AN. ViridaeTalk 08:55, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Subtle vandal[edit]

The user with the IP 158.106.50.3 is indulging in subtle vandalism Eg. Mount Etna. Could an experienced user handle this individual. Also, could you please leave some advice as to what I can do in such instances. Thanks Shruth 10:06, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

The vandalism has been dealt with. Shruth, you might find it good to read Help:Reverting and WP:VAND. They will give you information on how to revert to past versions of an article and what vandalism is and how to deal with it. ViridaeTalk 10:44, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Table trouble, tests tuned?[edit]

I made an edit to St. Catharines City Election site but it didn't quite go where it should. Do you check these sites and fix them on a regular basis?204.225.211.2 14:50, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Extra detail: this refers to Ontario municipal elections, 2006 (and the terrible title was by me).--Commander Keane 15:34, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Ticer Tape going across pc, can I have that[edit]

--~~I use to have a ticker tape going across the screen. It is gone now. Do you know what company can supply that to me ? I also saw that there an entertainment scroll. ~~I will be waiting at. (e-mail adress removed to prevent spam) —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Pdillon1 (talkcontribs) 15:54, 6 August 2006.

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. Jacek Kendysz 16:00, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

How do I delete an article?[edit]

I've changed all the links to it, changed the redirects, deleted all text from the article. Now I just need to get rid of the article "High Performance Fortran".

(it was a small stubb, its only link-to was dead, I incorporated it into "Fortran").

thanks Rwwww 17:04, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

You can't delete an article yourself if you are not an administrator; you can still ask an admin to do it, though, and they would be happy to help you. SoaP 17:17, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
If you merged the content into Fortran, then it needs to be changed into a redirect to Fortran to preserve the edit history, as per the terms of the GFDL. I've gone ahead and done that. For future reference, articles can be deleted using one of the three deletion processes - speedy deletion is for certain 'obvious' deletions like biographies of nobodies, blank pages and pages where the only author requests deletion. Proposed deletion is for uncontroversial deletions (a tag is added, if no-one removes it after five days the article is deleted), while Articles for deletion is for controversial articles and involves a full five-day discussion on whether the article merits deletion. But merged articles need to be changed into redirects. --Sam Blanning(talk) 17:43, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Shipping tomatoes[edit]

Why are tomatoes packed upside down for shipping?

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. --Sam Blanning(talk) 18:05, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Wiki Laws[edit]

Weird question...What woould happen if a user signed up and became an admin, then revealed that they were really a sockpuppet account of a banned user? SoaP 17:17, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

I would guess that nothing would probably happen, as becoming an admin would generally be a sign of having reformed since the time they were banned. However, if they were an admin at the time of their banning, and their second career as admin had been in any way controversial, they could conceivably be desysopped at least. It's difficult to say because as far as I know it's never happened and may never happen. Banned users generally slip up and show their true colours before they last that long. --Sam Blanning(talk) 17:39, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Banned users don't have the qualities needed to become an admin. As far as I know none of them have ever been promoted. Yes, they'd probably be desysopped or blocked. Sockpuppeting can have legitimate uses, but sockpuppeting to avoid a ban is a bannable offense. -- 87.209.70.231 18:38, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Question on expanding a stub[edit]

I am planning to expand a stub into an article. Do I need to do the markup myself? If not, what do I need to do? Ann Basart136.152.194.127 17:42, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Not quite sure what you mean - do you mean links to other articles, section headers, and so on? It's quite easy to learn that sort of thing - Wikipedia:Tutorial is a good place to start, as is just looking at existing articles - but if you can't figure it out, you can always expand the article and get someone else to it. The {{wikify}} template adds articles to a categories needing wikification, or you can ask an experienced Wikipedian you know to help you out, or you can ask back here when you're done. --Sam Blanning(talk) 17:49, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you are afraid of not knowing something essential, just make sure you make a habit of citing your sources. As long as you tell people where the info you added came from and as long as you are not violating copyright, your additions are likely to be welcomed with open arms. - 87.209.70.231 18:36, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Requesting Email Address[edit]

What is the email address? —Preceding unsigned comment added by 69.132.203.219 (talkcontribs)

Of what? Wikipedia? Try Wikipedia:Contact us. --MichaelZimmer (talk) 20:03, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

(August 6th) "Citation Needed" length[edit]

When a {{citation needed}} tag is posted, how much time is given to the poster to cite a source before it is taken down? Delta 18:42, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

The only template with an explicit time limit is {{subst:prod|Reason}}, and that refers to the whole article. If you think there should be a time limit on a fact check, then put it on the talk page. Brewhaha@edmc.net 18:50, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

  • The tag isn't for the poster perse. Anyone who knows a source can add one. There's no particular time frame I know of, but with some information, the info is removed if no sources can be provided (for example negative info on living people). - Mgm|(talk) 20:35, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
    To clarify, unsourced negative information doesn't even warrant a {{citation needed}} tag but should be removed immediately. See also Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons. Garion96 (talk) 21:07, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Adding category tag to multiple articles[edit]

I would like to add a catagory tag to a number of articles on a given subject. Is there a way to enter a list of the article titles and have the tag automatically affixed to each, as opposed to opening each article page and editing it by inserting the tag manually? Having review the "category" help page recommended to me here yesterday (and fortuitously appearing as the tip of the day on the main help page today), I suspect that the answer is "no," but I thought I would ask whether I've overlooked something anyway before doing it the long way. Newyorkbrad 21:45, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

There's no way within the Mediawiki software to do it, though I suspect you can program the Auto Wiki Browser (see WP:AWB) to do something like that. --Cherry blossom tree 22:41, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

What links here[edit]

I have a question, how is the Special:Whatlinkshere page sorted? —Mets501 (talk) 21:12, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

I'm fairly sure that the oldest page (the one created first) appears first and the others follow in that order. --Cherry blossom tree 22:40, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
Ahh yes, you're right. Thanks. —Mets501 (talk) 00:08, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


user in Es.wikipedia.org can be used in en.wikipedia.org?[edit]

Hi i just registered in the spanish (ES) wikipedia, can i use my username / password on the English wikipedia as well? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by 213.4.21.102 (talkcontribs) 23:08, 6 August 2006.

Best regards and thanks for your help

I'm afraid you cannot do that, as I have tried to log in to the Indonesian Wikipedia (but I can't). Also, from my experience, you cannot have the same account for other Wikipedia sister projects. Hope that helps. Take care -- Imoeng 23:14, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
Feel free to use the same username and password however (if the username is availible), you just have to register for a seperate account.ViridaeTalk 23:17, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
There are plans to create a universal log in for all Wikimedia projects - when that happens, to unify your existing accounts, they will need to have the same username and password, so if you create a new account here it's a good idea to bear that in mind. --Sam Blanning(talk) 23:18, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
to Sam Blanning: Ahh, thank your for the info, I didn't know that. And fortunately I've made the same username for the MetaWiki, or WikiMeta. :) Cheers -- Imoeng 23:24, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
You can see meta:Single login specifications for more information. Jacek Kendysz 23:43, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Finding Images For Edmonton Oilers in the 2006 Stanley Cup Playoffs[edit]

Hi, I've been trying to find images for the article above that won't be deleted due to copyright issues, whether they are ok for fair use or not. I've heard some bad stories about admins just deleting things at will, so I figure i'd cover my bases here first, thanks. Attic Owl 23:30, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

Ideally, you use a picture you took yourself (of the game, not the TV), and which you are willing to grant full rights to. Every other image will be copyright. Making a fair use claim must be done exactly right: if the fair use claim isn't legally watertight your image must be deleted to protect Wikipedia from being sued. My recommendation if you don't understand fair use is not to try to use it. Notinasnaid 23:36, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
There are always bad admins like that, not only on Wikipedia, but this is not the case (hopefully). So, the best thing is to type the image name on the search box and see the log of the image. However, if you are the one who uploaded the image, mostly someone will send you a message regarding the deletion. Try Image for Deletion and search your image there. I'll help you if you can name the image. Hope that helps, cheers -- Imoeng 23:39, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
The picture that's there seems to be in order, license wise... this is the other possibility. a photo someone else took, and released with a suitable license. (You need to check the rights reserved, though, as some of them are incompatible with Wikipedia). But if you think you've found a suitable image, it would be a great idea to ask here if you aren't sure. Notinasnaid 23:47, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
Can someone tell me the name of the image? Cheers -- Imoeng 23:49, 6 August 2006 (UTC)


Royall Tyler (historian)[edit]

I wrote the article "Royall Tyler (historian)" about my grandfather. Much of the information in it is taken from that given in the introductory material to his last book "The Emperor Charles the Fifth": information provided to the publisher by my father, William Royall Tyler. One touch (RT the first to recognize in English the greatness of El Greco) is from the Dumbarton Oaks web site. I might not know about RT's intelligence role in WWII if Allen Dulles himself had not told me, when I was young, that RT was "the greatest American spy of WWII." However, RT's activity as a member of Dulles' network is documented in Neal H. Petersen, ed., "From Hitler's Doorstep: The Wartime Intelligence Reports of Allen Dulles, 1942-1945" (The Pennsylvania State University Press, 1996).

I've done my best to wikify the article by adding cross-references. However, many of the other articles I've looked up in Wikipedia--articles far longer than this one--have no References at all. The ones I drew on for this one (which I wouldn't have written at all if I didn't have personal knowledge of this remarkable man) are so slight that I hardly know how to mention them, if indeed I should. In short, I don't know what to do about the demand that I provide References.

Royall Tyler 00:00, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Hey Royall Tyler. Please read WP:CITE about citations. Now I really want to write something here, but basically if you look up on that page, it should be clear. Take care -- Imoeng 00:04, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
(edit conflict) You should list your references at the bottom of the article in a

adding a musician to "lesbian musicians[edit]

I want to add Deb Adler to the A column of lesbian musicians and a link to www.debadler.com

How can I do that?

Hello there. I'm sorry but I cannot found that article. So, regarding your question, you have to create a new article about this person by clicking at Help:Starting a new page. After that, just put [[Category:Lesbian musicians|Adler, Deb]]. For more information, please look at Help:Tutorial. Hope that helps. Take care -- Imoeng 01:42, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How to Contact Don Cherry????[edit]

I Have newspaper clippings pertaining to Don Cherry's family. These are more than 50 years old & are from the Kingston Whig Standard. How do I go about mailing them to him Do you have an address or box number where he can be reached ?? Thank you

Wikipedia does not have contact info for the subjects of our articles. Sorry.—WAvegetarian(talk) 01:35, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Try sending an email to his employer. I'm sure they'd pass it on.--Anchoress 01:51, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Photographs[edit]

Is there a list of requested photographs? I would like to help out by taking photograph that are needed for articles. Regards Chaeles

Sure, and thanks for contributing. Basically there are lists of requested things, like articles and stuff. I didn't find requested photographs but I found Requested Images, probably you could search from the list. Hope that helps, take care -- Imoeng 02:08, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

adding a musician to "lesbian musicians[edit]

I want to add Deb Adler to the A column of lesbian musicians and a link to www.debadler.com

How can I do that?

Hello there. I'm sorry but I cannot found that article. So, regarding your question, you have to create a new article about this person by clicking at Help:Starting a new page. After that, just put [[Category:Lesbian musicians|Adler, Deb]]. For more information, please look at Help:Tutorial. Hope that helps. Take care -- Imoeng 01:42, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How to Contact Don Cherry????[edit]

I Have newspaper clippings pertaining to Don Cherry's family. These are more than 50 years old & are from the Kingston Whig Standard. How do I go about mailing them to him Do you have an address or box number where he can be reached ?? Thank you

Wikipedia does not have contact info for the subjects of our articles. Sorry.—WAvegetarian(talk) 01:35, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Try sending an email to his employer. I'm sure they'd pass it on.--Anchoress 01:51, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Photographs[edit]

Is there a list of requested photographs? I would like to help out by taking photograph that are needed for articles. Regards Chaeles

Sure, and thanks for contributing. Basically there are lists of requested things, like articles and stuff. I didn't find requested photographs but I found Requested Images, probably you could search from the list. Hope that helps, take care -- Imoeng 02:08, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Number of Fair Use images in one article[edit]

Is there a quota for how many Fair Use images there can be in one article? I had previously asked how to upload an image with a special property onto Wikipedia (and was planning on uploading the image on Fair Use terms) and gave the name of the article in which I was going to place the image, and someome mentioned the high number of Fair Use images that were already in the article and said that the image would probably be taken out of the article if I were to put the image in it because of the high number of Fair Use images already in the article. The article in question is Editing of anime in American distribution. The image with the special property can be found on http://dbzuncensored.dbzoa.net/series/gallery01.html (it is the one of the farmer with the hat and stick; if you put your mouse over the image, but do not click, it will change pictures). I never got my question of how to upload this image with this special property onto Wikipedia answered. So, if you think there's room for one more Fair Use image in this article, please also tell me how to upload this image with its special property onto Wikipedia. But I was able to figure out how to upload each picture from this image individually onto Wikipedia. So, is there room for two more images in the article if it wouldn't be possible to upload the image as one image with its special property? I would also like to add more images to the article other than the one(s) mentioned here, so, could you tell me how many more Fair Use images would be allowed in this article? So, is there a quota for how many fair use images can be in one article?

PS: If you read the warning, "Copy it in any way and your suffering will be legendary." from the image's site's main page, don't not answer any of these questions because of this, as I have gotten aproval from the site's current owner (who is different from the person who created the site) to put the image into the article. Also, do you think there is a preference as to whether I should have the image as one image or two, because I was thinking that, if I put the image in as one image, I would have to mention its special property in the caption, and people might not bother to read the caption, and, so, they wouldn't understand why the image was there. Also, if you think there are too many Fair Use images in the article already, let me know how many images need to taken out, but let me take care of taking out as many as needed, as some images are more important than others, and I will have to decide which images to take out (or I might ask on the article's Discussion page).

There is no limit to the number of Fair Use images that can be used in a single article. So long as you provide a reason as to why the images can be used in the article and they do not affect the copyrights on the image, then they can be utilized. Ryūlóng 00:41, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Although we strongly suggest keeping it to the minumum possible to adequately and informatively illustrate the subject, and of course there should be no fair use images that could be replaced by free ones. —Bunchofgrapes (talk) 04:33, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Kennecott Utah Copper Corporation[edit]

This should be the title of the submission (article) There is no "Kennecott Utah Copper". How do we get the redirection removed, and keep ONLY Kennecott Utah Copper CORPORATION as the article.

Mr Timson

There is no need to remove redirects. "Redirects are cheap" - if someone is bound to type it in by mistake, then by all means keep it. Also, "Corporation" in the title is most likely incorrect per our Manual of Style - see WP:MOS for details. Cheers, Tangotango 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Wikipedians[edit]

I have recently created an account and am attempting to join the WikiProject Fascism However, when I click onto the discussion link, I'm sent to the guestbook. There are Wikipedians who are actually members of the project. How do I become a Wikipedian and a member of this project? My degrees are in History, specifically in European history and the fascist and authoritarian regimes of southern Europe. I would like to contribute to this discussion, but unable to access the discussion.

Thanks.

P.S. I cannot locate the symbols you require for signing my name. Where are they on the keypad?--JDHester 04:27, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

The tilde (~) is generally located near the top left corner, immediately to the left of 1, and below Escape -- you'll need to hold down shift. Typing out three leaves your name; four leaves your name and the date; five just leaves the date (unless there's a good reason to do something different, you should generally be signing with four). To add yourself to the members list, you can head here: Wikipedia:WikiProject_Fascism#Participants, and click the "edit" link immediately to the right of the "Participants" heading. Either way, glad to have you here, and I hope your time is enjoyable and productive. :) Happy editing! Luna Santin 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Number of Fair Use images in one article[edit]

Is there a quota for how many Fair Use images there can be in one article? I had previously asked how to upload an image with a special property onto Wikipedia (and was planning on uploading the image on Fair Use terms) and gave the name of the article in which I was going to place the image, and someome mentioned the high number of Fair Use images that were already in the article and said that the image would probably be taken out of the article if I were to put the image in it because of the high number of Fair Use images already in the article. The article in question is Editing of anime in American distribution. The image with the special property can be found on http://dbzuncensored.dbzoa.net/series/gallery01.html (it is the one of the farmer with the hat and stick; if you put your mouse over the image, but do not click, it will change pictures). I never got my question of how to upload this image with this special property onto Wikipedia answered. So, if you think there's room for one more Fair Use image in this article, please also tell me how to upload this image with its special property onto Wikipedia. But I was able to figure out how to upload each picture from this image individually onto Wikipedia. So, is there room for two more images in the article if it wouldn't be possible to upload the image as one image with its special property? I would also like to add more images to the article other than the one(s) mentioned here, so, could you tell me how many more Fair Use images would be allowed in this article? So, is there a quota for how many fair use images can be in one article?

PS: If you read the warning, "Copy it in any way and your suffering will be legendary." from the image's site's main page, don't not answer any of these questions because of this, as I have gotten aproval from the site's current owner (who is different from the person who created the site) to put the image into the article. Also, do you think there is a preference as to whether I should have the image as one image or two, because I was thinking that, if I put the image in as one image, I would have to mention its special property in the caption, and people might not bother to read the caption, and, so, they wouldn't understand why the image was there. Also, if you think there are too many Fair Use images in the article already, let me know how many images need to taken out, but let me take care of taking out as many as needed, as some images are more important than others, and I will have to decide which images to take out (or I might ask on the article's Discussion page).

There is no limit to the number of Fair Use images that can be used in a single article. So long as you provide a reason as to why the images can be used in the article and they do not affect the copyrights on the image, then they can be utilized. Ryūlóng 00:41, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Although we strongly suggest keeping it to the minumum possible to adequately and informatively illustrate the subject, and of course there should be no fair use images that could be replaced by free ones. —Bunchofgrapes (talk) 04:33, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Kennecott Utah Copper Corporation[edit]

This should be the title of the submission (article) There is no "Kennecott Utah Copper". How do we get the redirection removed, and keep ONLY Kennecott Utah Copper CORPORATION as the article.

Mr Timson

There is no need to remove redirects. "Redirects are cheap" - if someone is bound to type it in by mistake, then by all means keep it. Also, "Corporation" in the title is most likely incorrect per our Manual of Style - see WP:MOS for details. Cheers, Tangotango 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Wikipedians[edit]

I have recently created an account and am attempting to join the WikiProject Fascism However, when I click onto the discussion link, I'm sent to the guestbook. There are Wikipedians who are actually members of the project. How do I become a Wikipedian and a member of this project? My degrees are in History, specifically in European history and the fascist and authoritarian regimes of southern Europe. I would like to contribute to this discussion, but unable to access the discussion.

Thanks.

P.S. I cannot locate the symbols you require for signing my name. Where are they on the keypad?--JDHester 04:27, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

The tilde (~) is generally located near the top left corner, immediately to the left of 1, and below Escape -- you'll need to hold down shift. Typing out three leaves your name; four leaves your name and the date; five just leaves the date (unless there's a good reason to do something different, you should generally be signing with four). To add yourself to the members list, you can head here: Wikipedia:WikiProject_Fascism#Participants, and click the "edit" link immediately to the right of the "Participants" heading. Either way, glad to have you here, and I hope your time is enjoyable and productive. :) Happy editing! Luna Santin 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Number of Fair Use images in one article[edit]

Is there a quota for how many Fair Use images there can be in one article? I had previously asked how to upload an image with a special property onto Wikipedia (and was planning on uploading the image on Fair Use terms) and gave the name of the article in which I was going to place the image, and someome mentioned the high number of Fair Use images that were already in the article and said that the image would probably be taken out of the article if I were to put the image in it because of the high number of Fair Use images already in the article. The article in question is Editing of anime in American distribution. The image with the special property can be found on http://dbzuncensored.dbzoa.net/series/gallery01.html (it is the one of the farmer with the hat and stick; if you put your mouse over the image, but do not click, it will change pictures). I never got my question of how to upload this image with this special property onto Wikipedia answered. So, if you think there's room for one more Fair Use image in this article, please also tell me how to upload this image with its special property onto Wikipedia. But I was able to figure out how to upload each picture from this image individually onto Wikipedia. So, is there room for two more images in the article if it wouldn't be possible to upload the image as one image with its special property? I would also like to add more images to the article other than the one(s) mentioned here, so, could you tell me how many more Fair Use images would be allowed in this article? So, is there a quota for how many fair use images can be in one article?

PS: If you read the warning, "Copy it in any way and your suffering will be legendary." from the image's site's main page, don't not answer any of these questions because of this, as I have gotten aproval from the site's current owner (who is different from the person who created the site) to put the image into the article. Also, do you think there is a preference as to whether I should have the image as one image or two, because I was thinking that, if I put the image in as one image, I would have to mention its special property in the caption, and people might not bother to read the caption, and, so, they wouldn't understand why the image was there. Also, if you think there are too many Fair Use images in the article already, let me know how many images need to taken out, but let me take care of taking out as many as needed, as some images are more important than others, and I will have to decide which images to take out (or I might ask on the article's Discussion page).

There is no limit to the number of Fair Use images that can be used in a single article. So long as you provide a reason as to why the images can be used in the article and they do not affect the copyrights on the image, then they can be utilized. Ryūlóng 00:41, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Although we strongly suggest keeping it to the minumum possible to adequately and informatively illustrate the subject, and of course there should be no fair use images that could be replaced by free ones. —Bunchofgrapes (talk) 04:33, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Kennecott Utah Copper Corporation[edit]

This should be the title of the submission (article) There is no "Kennecott Utah Copper". How do we get the redirection removed, and keep ONLY Kennecott Utah Copper CORPORATION as the article.

Mr Timson

There is no need to remove redirects. "Redirects are cheap" - if someone is bound to type it in by mistake, then by all means keep it. Also, "Corporation" in the title is most likely incorrect per our Manual of Style - see WP:MOS for details. Cheers, Tangotango 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Wikipedians[edit]

I have recently created an account and am attempting to join the WikiProject Fascism However, when I click onto the discussion link, I'm sent to the guestbook. There are Wikipedians who are actually members of the project. How do I become a Wikipedian and a member of this project? My degrees are in History, specifically in European history and the fascist and authoritarian regimes of southern Europe. I would like to contribute to this discussion, but unable to access the discussion.

Thanks.

P.S. I cannot locate the symbols you require for signing my name. Where are they on the keypad?--JDHester 04:27, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

The tilde (~) is generally located near the top left corner, immediately to the left of 1, and below Escape -- you'll need to hold down shift. Typing out three leaves your name; four leaves your name and the date; five just leaves the date (unless there's a good reason to do something different, you should generally be signing with four). To add yourself to the members list, you can head here: Wikipedia:WikiProject_Fascism#Participants, and click the "edit" link immediately to the right of the "Participants" heading. Either way, glad to have you here, and I hope your time is enjoyable and productive. :) Happy editing! Luna Santin 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


editing sidebars[edit]

Hello there. I am a decent editor here on this amazing site. My most recent article (same-sex marriage in New Jersey) search the title and you will get to the page. I know that by adding the SSM tag it shows the sidebar that lists "current debate" and where it is now legal. However, I am trying to edit this sidebar so that I can add NJ (New Jersey) to the "current debate" section...but I can't figure this out! HElp!

You need to edit the template which is found at: Template:SSM. That will change the template accross all the articles that have that sidebar, so be careful what you do. ViridaeTalk 06:43, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Number of Fair Use images in one article[edit]

Is there a quota for how many Fair Use images there can be in one article? I had previously asked how to upload an image with a special property onto Wikipedia (and was planning on uploading the image on Fair Use terms) and gave the name of the article in which I was going to place the image, and someome mentioned the high number of Fair Use images that were already in the article and said that the image would probably be taken out of the article if I were to put the image in it because of the high number of Fair Use images already in the article. The article in question is Editing of anime in American distribution. The image with the special property can be found on http://dbzuncensored.dbzoa.net/series/gallery01.html (it is the one of the farmer with the hat and stick; if you put your mouse over the image, but do not click, it will change pictures). I never got my question of how to upload this image with this special property onto Wikipedia answered. So, if you think there's room for one more Fair Use image in this article, please also tell me how to upload this image with its special property onto Wikipedia. But I was able to figure out how to upload each picture from this image individually onto Wikipedia. So, is there room for two more images in the article if it wouldn't be possible to upload the image as one image with its special property? I would also like to add more images to the article other than the one(s) mentioned here, so, could you tell me how many more Fair Use images would be allowed in this article? So, is there a quota for how many fair use images can be in one article?

PS: If you read the warning, "Copy it in any way and your suffering will be legendary." from the image's site's main page, don't not answer any of these questions because of this, as I have gotten aproval from the site's current owner (who is different from the person who created the site) to put the image into the article. Also, do you think there is a preference as to whether I should have the image as one image or two, because I was thinking that, if I put the image in as one image, I would have to mention its special property in the caption, and people might not bother to read the caption, and, so, they wouldn't understand why the image was there. Also, if you think there are too many Fair Use images in the article already, let me know how many images need to taken out, but let me take care of taking out as many as needed, as some images are more important than others, and I will have to decide which images to take out (or I might ask on the article's Discussion page).

There is no limit to the number of Fair Use images that can be used in a single article. So long as you provide a reason as to why the images can be used in the article and they do not affect the copyrights on the image, then they can be utilized. Ryūlóng 00:41, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Although we strongly suggest keeping it to the minumum possible to adequately and informatively illustrate the subject, and of course there should be no fair use images that could be replaced by free ones. —Bunchofgrapes (talk) 04:33, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Kennecott Utah Copper Corporation[edit]

This should be the title of the submission (article) There is no "Kennecott Utah Copper". How do we get the redirection removed, and keep ONLY Kennecott Utah Copper CORPORATION as the article.

Mr Timson

There is no need to remove redirects. "Redirects are cheap" - if someone is bound to type it in by mistake, then by all means keep it. Also, "Corporation" in the title is most likely incorrect per our Manual of Style - see WP:MOS for details. Cheers, Tangotango 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Wikipedians[edit]

I have recently created an account and am attempting to join the WikiProject Fascism However, when I click onto the discussion link, I'm sent to the guestbook. There are Wikipedians who are actually members of the project. How do I become a Wikipedian and a member of this project? My degrees are in History, specifically in European history and the fascist and authoritarian regimes of southern Europe. I would like to contribute to this discussion, but unable to access the discussion.

Thanks.

P.S. I cannot locate the symbols you require for signing my name. Where are they on the keypad?--JDHester 04:27, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

The tilde (~) is generally located near the top left corner, immediately to the left of 1, and below Escape -- you'll need to hold down shift. Typing out three leaves your name; four leaves your name and the date; five just leaves the date (unless there's a good reason to do something different, you should generally be signing with four). To add yourself to the members list, you can head here: Wikipedia:WikiProject_Fascism#Participants, and click the "edit" link immediately to the right of the "Participants" heading. Either way, glad to have you here, and I hope your time is enjoyable and productive. :) Happy editing! Luna Santin 04:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


editing sidebars[edit]

Hello there. I am a decent editor here on this amazing site. My most recent article (same-sex marriage in New Jersey) search the title and you will get to the page. I know that by adding the SSM tag it shows the sidebar that lists "current debate" and where it is now legal. However, I am trying to edit this sidebar so that I can add NJ (New Jersey) to the "current debate" section...but I can't figure this out! HElp!

You need to edit the template which is found at: Template:SSM. That will change the template accross all the articles that have that sidebar, so be careful what you do. ViridaeTalk 06:43, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Logging In[edit]

I have tried a number of times today to register myself as user of Wikipedia ,but evry time I have been presented a box telling me,there is no such ID;that names are case sesitive;and that I should fill the box given below to get a new ID & password."How can I register on Wikipedia as a user?

On the same page is a link saying "Don't have an account? Create one." Click on the "Create one" link. ViridaeTalk 07:44, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


chandur railway,amravati,maharashtra[edit]

give me a detail news,regarding geography,demography,climate, population,crops of chandur railway which is in amravati,maharashtra,india. Gulcow 08:59, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. - Tangotango 09:03, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Sorry this page is really for technical help with wikipedia, you might be able to find what you are looking for at Wikipedia:Reference_desk --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:03, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


dip[edit]

what is DIP (related to GIS)

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. - Tangotango 09:03, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Hi I know this isn't really the place for a reply but what are you referring to with those acronyms. There is some info at DIP but I guess GIS referrs to the Geographic Information System so I don't know if any of them are of use. If you are referring to Digital Image Processing or Dual Inline Packaging then I can help you with those... :D --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:06, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


tag
[edit]

Hi, What's the difference between <br> and <br /> ? Thanks --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 05:11, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

the <br> tag is the old standard - <br/> is replacing it because of an XML update or something. They both do exactly the same thing. (and thanks to the person who answered this question for me the other day) ViridaeTalk 05:32, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
<br> is the HTML tag and <br /> is the XHTML tag. It doesn't really matter because MediaWiki will automatically change <br> to <br />. WP 09:59, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


I can't see images on Wikipedia[edit]

All I see are links to images, but even when I click the links, there is no image. I'm not having this problem anywhere else. What happened? Please answer, or let me know that you have answered, on my talk page.--*Kat* 03:44, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

There are two possibilities. One is your explorer doesn't work well, which I cannot help. The second possibility is that the image you are trying to opeh has been deleted, please try to search that image again, click on the red link and see the log. Probably if you can give the name of the image I can help you. Hope that helps, cheers -- Imoeng 07:55, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Actually I was referring to *all* images...but I just discovered the problem. Thanks!--*Kat* 09:51, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


tag
[edit]

Hi, What's the difference between <br> and <br /> ? Thanks --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 05:11, 6 August 2006 (UTC)

the <br> tag is the old standard - <br/> is replacing it because of an XML update or something. They both do exactly the same thing. (and thanks to the person who answered this question for me the other day) ViridaeTalk 05:32, 6 August 2006 (UTC)
<br> is the HTML tag and <br /> is the XHTML tag. It doesn't really matter because MediaWiki will automatically change <br> to <br />. WP 09:59, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


I can't see images on Wikipedia[edit]

All I see are links to images, but even when I click the links, there is no image. I'm not having this problem anywhere else. What happened? Please answer, or let me know that you have answered, on my talk page.--*Kat* 03:44, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

There are two possibilities. One is your explorer doesn't work well, which I cannot help. The second possibility is that the image you are trying to opeh has been deleted, please try to search that image again, click on the red link and see the log. Probably if you can give the name of the image I can help you. Hope that helps, cheers -- Imoeng 07:55, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Actually I was referring to *all* images...but I just discovered the problem. Thanks!--*Kat* 09:51, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How can I complain about an editor?[edit]

Because I disagree with it about my contribution to wikipedia. I believe I have contributed the neutral, objective material to wikipedia, it think it's violation of rules. And it used threatening and insulting words like "racist", "uncivil" etc on me first. These made me hate to contribute any materials to wikipedia again. And I don't feel it fair with that users are only allowed to contribute but not allowed to argue or complain about the decision made by an editor. Editors have the right to label an user as an "vandalist" but an user has no right to judge an editor ? Even if it's editting is full of bias and prejudice ? Even if it calls you whatever it wants ?

To tell the truth, I really hate contributing anything to wikipedia anymore. I hate the fact when there is a dispute over editing, you record my ip, trace the route, as if I am some thief.

Bye and don't reply me if you think I'm totally wrong. And I am a man of my word: I won't edit anything of wikipiedia anymore!

First, I'm sorry that happened to you; it's sucky and regrettable when new users have negative interactions that put them off editing. Second, it's NOT usually ok for an editor to accuse another of vandalism, but if it does happen, the accused editor (even if it is unjust) still has an obligation to be Civil. There is a forum for editors to appeal to when other editors are being unreasonable in interactions, and that's Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/Incidents. Post an entry there (along with your signature and links to the userpages of relevant parties and the page the interaction happened on) and you should get a response. I hope this won't stop you from editing.--Anchoress 05:27, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Thanks. I felt happy to let people know something I believe should be told but not told yet here. That was the drive of my editing. Now I know there are some people hate me doing this. They are not god, they are not necessarily right all the time . Neither am I I admit. This is a little complex for me and this reduced my drive for editing. Another thing that killed my drive completely is that you record ip, and trace my computer, which make me feel like I am a terrorist and you are FBI. Haha, that's funny and that hurts. So,...bye.

Hi. Sorry you feel this way. But you may want to know that every site on the internet will collect your IP address unless explicitly set not to. WP 09:50, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Your IP is recorded whenever you contribute whether the edit is disputed or not. If you don't like that you should sign up for an account (so your username shows instead of your IP). If you sign your post on talk pages and here on the help desk, it makes things easier for other editors. It means they could check the disputed contributions themselves. By the way, it's not very civil to call a person it. I think you meant to use third person singular "they" or "him/her". - Mgm|(talk) 12:08, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


German Userbox Solution[edit]

Can someone tell me what is this? I've tried WP:GUS and WP:UB and many other WPs, but I couldn't find the project details and stuff like that. I'm asking this because somehow I want to create some userboxes (of course my real intention on Wikipedia is to edit articles!). Okay, cheers -- Imoeng 10:39, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

WP:GUS is the german solution details. Basically it suggests creating userboxes in the user namespace (ie as a sub page of your page) and you can list any you create at some of the pages listed at WP:GUS --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 10:43, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
So, its from me and its for me and I create it on my subpage? Ahh, okay, cheers again -- Imoeng 10:46, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Another question: Well, if I want to make userboxes, of course there will be many new template pages and at least one new subpage, can I do this? Or if not, where should I make the template? Cheers -- Imoeng 10:57, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
I'm not sure what you mean? You only need one page for a userbox - the sub page to your userpage where you want to keep it! Then you can add it to any page, there is no need to use the template namespace, thats the point.. By the way it doesn't have ot be just for you. You can list your userbox on loads of pages (see WP:GUS for where) so others can use it too... --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 11:04, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Yeah thats right, but my point is, for every userbox there is a template for that userbox. Like, {{User Metal}}. So I reckon I should make one template page for each userbox I made. The question is, can I make that template page to make my own userbox? As I think its just for me. Imoeng 11:08, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Okay I think I've got the point now, cheers -- Imoeng 11:13, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
One thing to clarify, though the usernoxes are on your (or someone else's) userspace they can still be used like any other template. It's just that instead of typing {{userboxQ}} you'd type {{User:Imoeng/userboxQ}}. --Daduzi talk 11:30, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Thanks everyone!! :D Imoeng 11:36, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

how do I archive my talkpage?[edit]

Hi - how do I archive the current contents of my talkpage? --Charlesknight 09:39, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

This should be what you need! --Emufarmers(T/C) 09:41, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

thanks - would someone mind checking my userpage to see I've done it right? --Charlesknight 09:55, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

It looks fine :) - Tangotango 13:03, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Searching Wikipedia - file download.[edit]

When searching for articles using the search box on the left had side of the page I am asked if want to download a file with the same name as whatever word I have just searched for. I'm assuming this shouldn't be happening and that somebody or other has hijacked this function in order to try and get people to download something daft and/or malicious. Just thought I'd enquire as to what was happening. Cheers.

Hey there! That is strange cause it has neven happened to me. What word did you type in btw? Imoeng 13:22, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Go into Special:Preferences. In the Editing section untick "Use external editor by default", and see if this works for you. Cheers, Tangotango 13:23, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Can he/she do that? Cause I presume this user is not a registered editor since he/she didn't use the signature. Are you a registered user, mate? Imoeng 13:29, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
(S)he is not. At any rate, it could be your browser: I know I sometimes hold down the wrong button (the alt key, in the case of FireFox) when I click on a link, causing it to download the link target; that could be it. Try it and see if it happens again? --Emufarmers(T/C) 13:31, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

No i'm not registered and I'm not using Firefox either (unfortunately I have to use IE because I'm in work. It's okay though I'll have a shower when I get home!). It happens when I type in 'Thrace' or 'Greece' although I just tried 'Finland' and the article loaded up.
Following a link to 'Thrace' from another article also causes the problem. Is there something going on with that article?

I guess it's because the article doesn't exist yet and for some reason the software is trying to use an external editor - something normally only a logged in user can use! Not that I have a solution but thats your problem!! PS don't forget to sign yur posts with ~~~~ --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:55, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How Do I Create A New Page?[edit]

How do i create a new page? Because i really want to.

See Help:Starting a new page. You might also want to take a look at Wikipedia:Your first article and Wikipedia:How to write a great article. - Tangotango 13:42, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Have fun and don't get too stressed if you don't bother reading Tangot's articles and consequently, someone wants your new article deleted. --Dweller 13:45, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Hmm you already created a new article Aron Musicant so you do it in the same way :D --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:56, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
I think that would be Aaron Musicant. Note that it is about to be deleted because "it is an article about a person, group of people, band or club that does not assert the importance or significance of the subject." This is the reason I recommend new editors spend a few months "learning the ropes" by working on existing articles until the mysteries of Wikipedia's policies start to make sense. Notinasnaid 14:04, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


What are red links?[edit]

I always hear people saying that the more red links there are, the worse an article is. I have some red links; how do you get rid of them? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Natanyel (talkcontribs) .

A red link is a link to an article which does not exist. There's nothing inherently wrong with that; articles can be created out of red links. --Emufarmers(T/C) 14:12, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

(after edit conflict)
Red links go to pages that don't exist (yet). There are two causes for this. Commonly the page doesn't exist at all. If that is the case, leave it red or create the article. The second cause is a typo. You need to fix the text in the link so it goes to the correct article name. --Kainaw (talk) 14:14, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


User Block[edit]

Hey

I fail to see how adding to an entry on WW "Rusty" Gates, the 'Hardware Guy' from Arrow Computers' TV Advertisement, with an extra quote from a more recent advertisement aswell as simply replying to an edit that had already been made, that was obviously worse than mine, can be worth a User Block.

Locally, in the computing world of Western Australia, he's as famous as Chuck Norris (kind of). I would ask that the page be unblocked, please. Thanks.

- Duste

Please use the {{unblock}} template on your talk page. (assuming that is possible). ViridaeTalk 14:19, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
You have not been blocked (if you were, you wouldn't be able to edit this page!), unless there is another account or IP you were blocked on. The page you edited previously is a user page, not a content page. --Emufarmers(T/C) 14:23, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Searching Wikipedia - file download.[edit]

When searching for articles using the search box on the left had side of the page I am asked if want to download a file with the same name as whatever word I have just searched for. I'm assuming this shouldn't be happening and that somebody or other has hijacked this function in order to try and get people to download something daft and/or malicious. Just thought I'd enquire as to what was happening. Cheers.

Hey there! That is strange cause it has neven happened to me. What word did you type in btw? Imoeng 13:22, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Go into Special:Preferences. In the Editing section untick "Use external editor by default", and see if this works for you. Cheers, Tangotango 13:23, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Can he/she do that? Cause I presume this user is not a registered editor since he/she didn't use the signature. Are you a registered user, mate? Imoeng 13:29, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
(S)he is not. At any rate, it could be your browser: I know I sometimes hold down the wrong button (the alt key, in the case of FireFox) when I click on a link, causing it to download the link target; that could be it. Try it and see if it happens again? --Emufarmers(T/C) 13:31, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

No i'm not registered and I'm not using Firefox either (unfortunately I have to use IE because I'm in work. It's okay though I'll have a shower when I get home!). It happens when I type in 'Thrace' or 'Greece' although I just tried 'Finland' and the article loaded up.
Following a link to 'Thrace' from another article also causes the problem. Is there something going on with that article?

I guess it's because the article doesn't exist yet and for some reason the software is trying to use an external editor - something normally only a logged in user can use! Not that I have a solution but thats your problem!! PS don't forget to sign yur posts with ~~~~ --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:55, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How Do I Create A New Page?[edit]

How do i create a new page? Because i really want to.

See Help:Starting a new page. You might also want to take a look at Wikipedia:Your first article and Wikipedia:How to write a great article. - Tangotango 13:42, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Have fun and don't get too stressed if you don't bother reading Tangot's articles and consequently, someone wants your new article deleted. --Dweller 13:45, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Hmm you already created a new article Aron Musicant so you do it in the same way :D --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:56, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
I think that would be Aaron Musicant. Note that it is about to be deleted because "it is an article about a person, group of people, band or club that does not assert the importance or significance of the subject." This is the reason I recommend new editors spend a few months "learning the ropes" by working on existing articles until the mysteries of Wikipedia's policies start to make sense. Notinasnaid 14:04, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


What are red links?[edit]

I always hear people saying that the more red links there are, the worse an article is. I have some red links; how do you get rid of them? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Natanyel (talkcontribs) .

A red link is a link to an article which does not exist. There's nothing inherently wrong with that; articles can be created out of red links. --Emufarmers(T/C) 14:12, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

(after edit conflict)
Red links go to pages that don't exist (yet). There are two causes for this. Commonly the page doesn't exist at all. If that is the case, leave it red or create the article. The second cause is a typo. You need to fix the text in the link so it goes to the correct article name. --Kainaw (talk) 14:14, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


User Block[edit]

Hey

I fail to see how adding to an entry on WW "Rusty" Gates, the 'Hardware Guy' from Arrow Computers' TV Advertisement, with an extra quote from a more recent advertisement aswell as simply replying to an edit that had already been made, that was obviously worse than mine, can be worth a User Block.

Locally, in the computing world of Western Australia, he's as famous as Chuck Norris (kind of). I would ask that the page be unblocked, please. Thanks.

- Duste

Please use the {{unblock}} template on your talk page. (assuming that is possible). ViridaeTalk 14:19, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
You have not been blocked (if you were, you wouldn't be able to edit this page!), unless there is another account or IP you were blocked on. The page you edited previously is a user page, not a content page. --Emufarmers(T/C) 14:23, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


missing articles[edit]

ok, maybe you can help me, seeing as this is the closest thing to 'customer service' if you will, that i could find. I came onto the website, right? To look up the article I thought you had on Avenged Sevenfold. I arrived at the main page, and typed in Avenged Sevenfold. Only when the page was done loading, I had been re-directed to a page about The Dillinger Escape Plan! What is wrong with the page? Is it down for maintenance or has it been vandalized? Please let me know because I am very confused as to what has happened to the article.

Yes, it appears that the article was vandalized and fixed soon after. See the history to see what happened. - Tangotango 14:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Nope the page is there: Avenged_Sevenfold and hasn't been moved or changed recently --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:35, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Eh err oops yes so it was :D Im wrong. I was looking at another pages edit history! --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:36, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How do I add an article?[edit]

I have created an account and want to add an article..What are the procedures for adding and article?--Bverde 15:11, 7 August 2006 (UTC)Bruce Verde

See Help:Starting a new page. Wikipedia:Your first article and Wikipedia:How to write a great article are also helpful. Jacek Kendysz 15:17, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

<ref) tag[edit]

Hello, I've started a wiki of my own with MediaWiki software. However, many of the features that Wikipedia has (in particular the <ref) tag ((minus the parentheses,I don't actually want to make a footnote :P)) which I would love to use) are apparently not standard with MediaWiki. Is it a template of some sort? Template:ref says that it's now deprecated in favor of <ref), but how would I find a plugin or whatnot for MediaWiki that would allow use of the <ref) tag like wikipedia? Is it a template? Thanks, --198.62.72.2 15:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Yes, it's an extension. See m:Cite/Cite.php to see how you can implement the <ref> tags in your own MediaWiki installation. In future, general support requests for MediaWiki should go to the various avenues listed at mw:Communication. Cheers, Tangotango 15:40, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you! It worked like a charm. --198.62.72.2 15:56, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How to put in design notes[edit]

I would like to add design notes that cannot be picked up on the html page or viewred on the screen. In dreamweaver you can add design notes. So that you can write text within the design section so that the text you have written will not appear on the wikipedia code, but can help other users. Is it possible to do this in wikipedia so that the text will neither appear on the html version of the wikipedia page or the viewed page but is merely there to help other desingers of a page. In pro website design design notes are an important aspect is there a version of this in wikipedia of invisible text.

You can do that by using the standard HTML comment syntax, <!-- this is a comment -->. They will only appear in edit mode. Cheers, Tangotango 16:11, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Linking dates[edit]

When is it appropriate to link a date in an article? I've looked around on the style guides but can't find it. CoolGuy 16:24, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

See Wikipedia:Manual of Style (dates and numbers). - Tangotango 16:33, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

<ref) tag[edit]

Hello, I've started a wiki of my own with MediaWiki software. However, many of the features that Wikipedia has (in particular the <ref) tag ((minus the parentheses,I don't actually want to make a footnote :P)) which I would love to use) are apparently not standard with MediaWiki. Is it a template of some sort? Template:ref says that it's now deprecated in favor of <ref), but how would I find a plugin or whatnot for MediaWiki that would allow use of the <ref) tag like wikipedia? Is it a template? Thanks, --198.62.72.2 15:34, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Yes, it's an extension. See m:Cite/Cite.php to see how you can implement the <ref> tags in your own MediaWiki installation. In future, general support requests for MediaWiki should go to the various avenues listed at mw:Communication. Cheers, Tangotango 15:40, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you! It worked like a charm. --198.62.72.2 15:56, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


How to put in design notes[edit]

I would like to add design notes that cannot be picked up on the html page or viewred on the screen. In dreamweaver you can add design notes. So that you can write text within the design section so that the text you have written will not appear on the wikipedia code, but can help other users. Is it possible to do this in wikipedia so that the text will neither appear on the html version of the wikipedia page or the viewed page but is merely there to help other desingers of a page. In pro website design design notes are an important aspect is there a version of this in wikipedia of invisible text.

You can do that by using the standard HTML comment syntax, <!-- this is a comment -->. They will only appear in edit mode. Cheers, Tangotango 16:11, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Linking dates[edit]

When is it appropriate to link a date in an article? I've looked around on the style guides but can't find it. CoolGuy 16:24, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

See Wikipedia:Manual of Style (dates and numbers). - Tangotango 16:33, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Help forming a response[edit]

A user e-mailed me after appearing in my local daily newspaper with regards of adding information to the site. I asked for his user name, but declined to give it to me. I have been thinking for days trying to come up with a response to his e-mail:

Hello and thanks for your response. I appreciate your efforts. What would probably help me the most is a step by step approach to adding info. to the web site. I've already registered but the steps to be taken after that were confusing to me.

I'm not a computer expert. I have a lot of information on Ravenna's Quaker Oats including colored photos of old Ravenna Quaker Oats labels. I even have Sanborn insurance maps from the late 1800's showing the exact location of Ravenna's Quaker Oats buildings.

I also have information regarding Chapman Root whose' bottling company, in Terra Haute, Indiana, was the location for the creation of the well known Coca Cola bottle. Chapman Root went to school in Ravenna. I have some photos of him and his plant.

Henry Parsons Crowell, of Quaker Oats fame, was also instrumental in the financial backing of the Moody Bible Institute. Crowell was also instrumental in the creation of the Perfection Stove Company that our grandparents used to warm their homes.

My concern is that I don't want to ruin another person's information but would rather add to or create a new information site. Thanks for your help. If you would care to help with a step by step set of instructions, I would appreciate it.

I was wondering the following:

Where should the user place the information? Should be in a Quaker Oats-related article, or should it be in the Ravenna article? This also may not be suitable for Wikipedia. Furthermore, more information could be added past this.

He claims that he is "no computer expert." How would I go about telling him how to edit information? Seeing as whoever answers this query is used to dealing with new users, I thought I would ask you.

The reason I haven't responded yet is because I don't want to say the wrong thing, and have his edits reverted, and then he would get all discouraged and never contribute again. Any suggestions? Or, is this an inappropriate place for this? Should I ask this elsewhere? Any help would be appreciated. Thanks in advance. Ian Manka Talk to me! 04:09, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Hello there. Based on my bad english understanding, there is a person, a wikipedian, asking you to make an article about Ravenna's Quaker Oats and he is not a computer expert, that is why he is asking you. Also, you want to find out how to ask him to make the article, is that right? Well, if its true, I'd say you can make two different articles about Ravenna and Quaker Oats, cause 2 is better than 1, but keep the quality high. And about the encouraging thing, just bear in mind that Wikipedia is for everyone and its really easy to edit. (this is not spam! :) ) Because, to edit wikipedia, you don't need HTML and stuff like that, just by using WikiLanguage, or whatever the name is. If you want, you can check Help:Tutorial, Help:Starting a new page and Help:Editing and many more there. Hope that helps, take care -- Imoeng 08:13, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
I am a experienced editor who is trying to assist a user who is having trouble understanding the MediaWiki software. My job is to explain how to add information to articles in such a way that the new (non-computer expert) will not get frustrated when he attempts to contribute to wikipedia. I had already added {{helpme}}, and someone recommended I take it here so that I could have assistance forming a response. Ian Manka Talk to me! 18:18, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Retun to origional article[edit]

i have written an article and would like for the reader to go to another wikipedia article for information and then be able to return to my article. I have tried sseveral things but all I seem to do is step on somebodys toes or territory.R. E. Mixer 18:27, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

doesn't the browser's back button accomplish this? what am I missing? --MichaelZimmer (talk) 19:14, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
It's nobody's territory. Don't let them scare you, but talk it out. If a return link is relevant, then you can add it. Regards, Wslack (talk) 19:58, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Linking to a Section[edit]

Good afternoon Ladies and Gentlemen. I have a question that i would really appreciate being answered. How do you link a section from an article, to another? For example: I am currently working on an article known as Street Fighter EX2 Plus. I'd like to link a character known as "Garuda" from "Here". If you click the link, it will take you to the "List of Street Fighter EX characters". But i want to link Garuda directly to the section within that article! How is this possible? Thank you so much for your assistance! Gooden 19:24, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

No, this is not possible. Only way is List of Street Fighter EX characters#Garuda. Jacek Kendysz 19:40, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Yes! Thats exactly what i'd like to do. Thank you, and God bless you! Gooden 19:44, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
You are welcome. :) Jacek Kendysz 19:51, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Florence Nightingale[edit]

I would like to know if the photos of Florence Nightingale (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Florence_Nightingale) are copyrighted. If so, who is the copyright holder so I may contact them directly to request official permission?

Thank you for your help!

Lisa Newton

Lisa, click on each individual image to see copyright information, then check the image's history to see who uploaded it so you can ask them on their talk page where they got the image. The first image, for example, has no copyright. Regards, Wslack (talk) 19:53, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

No edit link available[edit]

Hi,

I am trying to enter a wish that someone would provide information on Bengt Ahlfors (or rather, the song Har du visor min vän). I am under songwriters and composers, and there is no edit link to add a new request under A or B.

I am rather new to Wikipedia, so maybe I am not searching correctly and maybe this is not the right place to record a problem like this. I am rather computer literate.

Thanks Anja…--88.112.28.49 17:12, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

It looks like there isn't a heading listed for A and B, but they're still there: just edit the main section Wikipedia:Requested_articles/music#Composers_and_songwriters and add it to the list. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:57, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


georg valentin bibescu[edit]

the photo you have of georg valentin bibescu bears a striking remsemblance to piers anthony, the science fiction writer. this file is a sort of never never land. if in the course of attempting to resolve this issue satisfactorily you run into severe technical problems, please contact the pentagon's roumanian desk for technical assistence.

I'm sorry, you've lost me there. --Cherry blossom tree 20:57, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Forgot to log in[edit]

I made an edit, but forgot to log in first. Is there any way I can replace the IP address with my signature? And Introducing... A Leg 20:20, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

If you're referring to an edit you signed on a talk page then you can just edit the page again and change the signature. If you want to change the attribution in the edit history then that is not possible, though you can make a null edit (see Help:Dummy edit) and note in the edit summary that the previous edit was yours. --Cherry blossom tree 20:56, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Using Images from Google Earth[edit]

I have recently seen the discussion for an article that implied that images captured from Google Earth were not eligible for use in Wikipedia even if the correct citation is given... is this true as I was about to expand an couple of articles and the Google Earth view is so good that it would be a shame not to have it present?

Many thanks for any responses.

Images taken from Google Earth are copyrighted by their creators so they cannot be uploaded under a suitable licence. One might qualify as fair use in the Google Earth article, but not in others. NASA Worldwind does the same thing and images taken from there are in the public domain, so can be used if an aerial photograph is needed. --Cherry blossom tree 20:53, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Deletion[edit]

How do I nominate an article for deletion? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Chapwithwings (talkcontribs) .

See Wikipedia:Deletion policy. Garion96 (talk) 21:46, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Reporting vandalism[edit]

how do i report/block a vandal?—The preceding unsigned comment was added by Kferd73 (talkcontribs) .

You can report a vandal at Wikipedia:Administrator intervention against vandalism. However, you should first warn the vandal with an appropriate series of warning messages. Some templates for this can be found at Wikipedia:Template messages/User talk namespace. Before posting there, a final warning should have been given such as {{test3}}, {{test4}} or {{blatantvandal}}) and the vandal must have vandalized within the last few hours, including after the final warning was given him or her.--Fuhghettaboutit 22:00, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


August 8[edit]

No edit link available[edit]

Hi,

I am trying to enter a wish that someone would provide information on Bengt Ahlfors (or rather, the song Har du visor min vän). I am under songwriters and composers, and there is no edit link to add a new request under A or B.

I am rather new to Wikipedia, so maybe I am not searching correctly and maybe this is not the right place to record a problem like this. I am rather computer literate.

Thanks Anja…--88.112.28.49 17:12, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

It looks like there isn't a heading listed for A and B, but they're still there: just edit the main section Wikipedia:Requested_articles/music#Composers_and_songwriters and add it to the list. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:57, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


georg valentin bibescu[edit]

the photo you have of georg valentin bibescu bears a striking remsemblance to piers anthony, the science fiction writer. this file is a sort of never never land. if in the course of attempting to resolve this issue satisfactorily you run into severe technical problems, please contact the pentagon's roumanian desk for technical assistence.

I'm sorry, you've lost me there. --Cherry blossom tree 20:57, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Forgot to log in[edit]

I made an edit, but forgot to log in first. Is there any way I can replace the IP address with my signature? And Introducing... A Leg 20:20, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

If you're referring to an edit you signed on a talk page then you can just edit the page again and change the signature. If you want to change the attribution in the edit history then that is not possible, though you can make a null edit (see Help:Dummy edit) and note in the edit summary that the previous edit was yours. --Cherry blossom tree 20:56, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Using Images from Google Earth[edit]

I have recently seen the discussion for an article that implied that images captured from Google Earth were not eligible for use in Wikipedia even if the correct citation is given... is this true as I was about to expand an couple of articles and the Google Earth view is so good that it would be a shame not to have it present?

Many thanks for any responses.

Images taken from Google Earth are copyrighted by their creators so they cannot be uploaded under a suitable licence. One might qualify as fair use in the Google Earth article, but not in others. NASA Worldwind does the same thing and images taken from there are in the public domain, so can be used if an aerial photograph is needed. --Cherry blossom tree 20:53, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Deletion[edit]

How do I nominate an article for deletion? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Chapwithwings (talkcontribs) .

See Wikipedia:Deletion policy. Garion96 (talk) 21:46, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Reporting vandalism[edit]

how do i report/block a vandal?—The preceding unsigned comment was added by Kferd73 (talkcontribs) .

You can report a vandal at Wikipedia:Administrator intervention against vandalism. However, you should first warn the vandal with an appropriate series of warning messages. Some templates for this can be found at Wikipedia:Template messages/User talk namespace. Before posting there, a final warning should have been given such as {{test3}}, {{test4}} or {{blatantvandal}}) and the vandal must have vandalized within the last few hours, including after the final warning was given him or her.--Fuhghettaboutit 22:00, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


August 8[edit]

Does "talk" equal "discussion"[edit]

When I enter "disputed", the following is displayed.

"The factual accuracy of this article or section is disputed. Please see the relevant discussion on the talk page."

Is the talk page the page I get to by clicking "discussion"? (I would have called that the "discussion page".)

This may seem obvious, but I'm still new and there being talk pages around that I don't know about would not surprize me.

Yes, it is. See Help:Talk page for more information on talk pages. Cheers, Tangotango 09:09, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Would it seem obvious to change the "discussion" tab to "talk"?

This has been discussed before. It is a software implementation and not so easily changed. I'll drag up the discussion where it's talked about. One moment.—WAvegetarian(talk) 09:13, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Hmm that is an old argument, it wouldn't be all that hard to chamge (simple find and replace of the word discussion in the source code and databases etc.) Still although it is confusing it is easy ot get used too :D --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:17, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
It wouldn't require a databse change: A lot of things are controled through the MediaWiki namespace; in this case, if MediaWiki:Talk were changed, what's displayed at the top of the screen would change as well. --Emufarmers(T/C) 09:26, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Voila :D, not even a developer issue then. But by database I was referring ot general refernces to the talk page... errr ;) --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:35, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Most of the displayed interface text can be changed through the MediaWiki namespace; a lot of the references to "talk page" could be changed to "discussion page"—and vice versa. Of course, whether that would be desirable is up for debate. (I'm sure it's been raised before, but you could raise it somewhere like the administrators' noticeboard and see what people say.) --Emufarmers(T/C) 09:41, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
I would suggest the village pump, as although changing it would be an admin issue, the actual discussion should involve all users. --Sam Blanning(talk) 23:42, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Referencing[edit]

Where can I find the proper method of referencing articles (i.e. when using ref and /ref). Which convention is used, etc. CoolGuy 15:36, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

See Wikipedia:Citing sources. Cheers, Tangotango 15:40, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
Instructions on how to use the <ref> and </ref> tags can be found at m:Cite.php. --Sam Blanning(talk) 23:23, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Changing Category Text[edit]

I was wondering if it was possible to, assuming one had the appropriate access levels, change the text that would appear on a category page? For example, if I don't want it to inform me of how many articles or subcategories exist within the category, is it possible to edit this? If so, could you explain how (or point me to a guide that can)? (I realize that I can't edit the category pages here at wikpedia (more than likely), however this is for another wiki project I work on for another site, and I thought you folks would be the most knowledgable about the matter)Darquis 23:48, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Yes, administrators can change the interface text (e.g. "There are 14 subcategories shown below (more may be shown on subsequent pages).") using the appropriate message in the MediaWiki: namespace. To do that in your own wiki installation, go to Special:Allmessages and search for the appropriate text, and then edit the page linked from there. By the way, the usual avenues to get general MediaWiki help are listed at mw:Communication. Cheers, Tangotango 02:03, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


E-mail[edit]

love this site is there any way i can e-mail some thing i found at wikipedia to my e-mail ????? thank you

I'm not quite sure what you're asking - if you want to email yourself links to wikipedia pages, just copy the address from your browser and paste it into an email. If that's not what you meant, can you clarify that, please? —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 00:00, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Copy/paste text from one Wikipedia article to another[edit]

Hello,

I wrote a small paragraph on a page regarding a particular cultural group. The paragraph was about its various languages.

The page about that particular language group is a pretty spare-looking stub. Can I copy/paste the stuff on the "xxx_people" page to the "xxx_languages" page? Any citations necessary etc.?

Thanks

Ling.Nut 00:53, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

That can be done, yes. The only copy-paste problem Wikipedia has is when people do cut-and-paste moves (copying the text of one article and pasting it into a new one to try and move). Go right ahead and copy the paragraph over. Ryūlóng 00:58, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, try to limit what you move to another page. Anything related to the topic should be on the other page, but not things that arent reltated. If there is a citation, bring it with you, and the source too. SynergeticMaggot 01:01, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
And...You might want to consider merging the articles if both are stubs and they're closely related enough that copy-pasting is plausible. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 01:04, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Patrolling articles[edit]

Hi. I need some help from more experienced users. What is the protocol when an author removes the tags from an article? For example, see the history page of Daniel Tibbets - Mobisode Creator. I "patrol" new pages and tagged this one with the suggestion that it be merged or at least wikified. The author removed the tag. I can go back and forth with him putting it on and taking it off, but I thought I'd check with the admins first on protocol. Should a message be left on the authors talk page saying that tags should not be removed? Should I revert the page to put the tag back? Rebuild my argument why the page should be merged? Something else? Please advise. Thanks. CPAScott 01:11, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Edit wars are never the way to solve things, so I wouldn't suggest that. Asking the author not to remove the tags (or at least to back up his arguments as to why they should be removed) is perfectly prudent in this case. Re-enforcing your arguments would also be wise, since it would show your good will. Of course, assume good faith. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 01:18, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Wikipedia e-mail[edit]

Does sending a message from one's Wikipedia e-mail account reveal the underlying "real" e-mail address to the recipient? I assume not, but wanted to double-check. Newyorkbrad 01:36, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi Brad, When you send an email to another person through the Email this user link, you don't see the other persons address. When they receive the email they get whatever address is specified in your Pref's. Thanks --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 01:40, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for quick reply. Will have to change to a different RW e-mail address before starting to Wikipedia-mail. Newyorkbrad 01:50, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Niger Africa[edit]

I was researching Niger the country and when I arrived to the page there was simply a derogatory comment. Please bring back the information for people to use. Thank you - ps LOVE Wikipedia. 210.50.143.21 02:30, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Someone has reverted it. ViridaeTalk 02:34, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

friendship[edit]

how can i express my friendshipp to any german person, and have a go at the americans at the same time???? unfortunately i dont speak deutsch but you make fucking good cars.. come on someone in germany please talk to me cos i dont like what the yanks are doing at thje moment... hitler etc is in the past .... over.. come on you are good people... i have been monitoring yor newspapers and you seem how can i put it...reluctant to exert the power you have as a 90,000,000 people nation, please talk over red baron von bavaria —Preceding unsigned comment added by 217.73.64.42 (talkcontribs)

This forum is for discussing questions about using Wikipedia. There is also a reference desk which is for knowledge questions on just about any topic. However, you don't seem to have a question, and frankly, your post is rather cryptic.--Fuhghettaboutit 04:53, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Liberalism[edit]

I attempted several times to edit the article "Liberalism" with material on Liberal Nationalism and Internationalism. I inserted my material in the proper place from my clipboard and clicked the "Save" button at the end of the article. The little green bar graph at the bottom showed that it had been saved. When I checked the article, it was the same as before. What did I do wrong? Earl A. Reitan. <email removed>.

  • There's no other edits under this username (User:Earl1925) other than this question. Did you make these edits when you weren't logged in yet? What was the change you made? The article had a bout of vandalism lately and your changes could be reverted by mistake to get rid of the vandalism that was committed just before you edited. - Mgm|(talk) 07:12, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Creating tables[edit]

I find it difficult to create a table using wiki code. Is there a way that I can do so in Microsoft Word and convert it? Or is there another editor that may make it easier? CoolGuy 15:32, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

See Wikipedia:How to use tables. It mentions some ways in which you can convert external table data to wikitables. Remember you can also use the standard HTML table syntax. Cheers, Tangotango 15:37, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Following my efforts at this article, I'd suggest the following advice for newbies to tables:
    1. Don't start from scratch. Copy a table you find elsewhere that seems to suit your needs.
    2. Play with it in a sandbox before doing any real edits.
    3. Be prepared for it to take a lot longer than you initially thought it would take to do.
    4. (blushes) Think before you start about what order you want the data in :-)
Hope that's helpful. --Dweller 09:20, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


How to Revert Articles to Last Edit & Blocking/Banning User..Also signature[edit]

Take a look at Political Film Society Awards. It has been badly vandalized, how do I revert it to its former self or do you have to have special privileges? Look at the user who did it also. It seems the user that did that is on here to simply spam, is there anyway to block/ban them? How do I leave my signature after typing something like this also so people know who posted it?

You can learn to revert at WP:REVERT...you don't need admin privileges or anything, and in fact it's encouraged that you revert any vandalism you encounter.
First thing you should do is leave a note on the user's talk page about the vandalism - even if they seem exclusive, we should always assume good faith and allow the user to clean himself up. If he continues, you can let an admin know of the user via Wikipedia:Administrator intervention against vandalism.
And you can sign by placing four tildes (~~~~). See Wikipedia:Signatures for more details. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:49, 7 August 2006 (UTC)
I wonder if the (mentioned) user's own page [2] is somehow breaching one or other rule? Notinasnaid 08:47, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Re: how to edit templates?[edit]

i have been contibuting some articles here in wikipedia but i got a problem with editing templates on my articles, could you please help me how to do it?

Find out what the template is called then go to Template:templatenamegoeshere. Edit it there. ViridaeTalk 09:31, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
However it depends what template you want ot edit. Bear in mind that such a template will appear on loads of different articles so think about the effect your changes will have on them too. ALso some templates use special syntax which you would be best ot read up on before editing. --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:34, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
I'm guessing you mean the information box on Regional Science High School for Region 1 - someone has messed up adding it to the article by using subst on the template. Hold on and I'll fix it for you --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:36, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Actually do you mean this template: Template:Regional_Science_High_Schools? --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:38, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

[edit]

As a user of wikipeda.org, I have noticed an irregularity in recent pages that needs clarification in regards to the Neutral Point of View clause.

As stated in wikipedia.org's About section, there is a Nuetral Point of View clause simply stating that there will be no bias in the editing and posting of articles. A valid clause to have (and enforce) with a wiki design.

However, in such articles as Podcast and Podcasting, there is an obvious bias occuring. If a user of wikipedia.org scrolls down the page to the See Also sections of either article, they can conveniently find a link to a podcast directory service by the name of iTunes. Convenient for a fan of podcasting. Convenient for Apple as well. Logically, any podcasting directory service should be able to list their service on this same article in this same section with no bias. Inconveniently, this is not the case and wikipedia.org seems to be going against a clause established by their founder.

iTunes also carries, along with their link in the aforementioned articles, a page describing their services provided. In an unbiased state, it would seem that a similar podcasting service would also be granted the appropriate space in a wiki design.

Sincerely,

Noah Wass

  • I would only include the most complete and oft-visited directories to keep in line with WP:WEB guidelines, but yes, we should have more than just iTunes listed. You should bring it up on the article's talk page. - Mgm|(talk) 07:15, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If other podcasting services meet Wikipedia's strict rules for notability, then they can have an article. The notability rules are applied without bias, but that doesn't mean that Wikipedia is a free for all for people wanting to promote their goods, services, or favourites. A strong argument can be made that Apple doesn't need the promotion. On no accounts ever add articles on, or links to your own products, services or web sites to Wikipedia, however. Notinasnaid 08:38, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
  • True, but I think Podcast Alley and Podcast Pickle are famous enough to be mentioned. Just to name a few obvious ones, Noah appears to be referring to. - 87.209.70.231 10:27, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
  • And remember that the name Podcasty comes from one of Apple's own products so theyre Podcast directory IS the original... --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 10:31, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

How do I do cite books when there is two authors?[edit]

See: the first source in chemical thermodynamics. Somehow, I can't figure out what the proper format is for this situation. Can you show me? Thanks:--Sadi Carnot 11:00, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Just add first and last name of the main author to the cite template already there then add the full name of the other author as co-writer e.g. coauthors=AUTHORNAME
See Template_talk:Cite_book for fuller information --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 11:11, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for the help. --Sadi Carnot 16:09, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Leaders[edit]

are well qualified leaders required for our nation? -- anon

  • Well qualified people are required to lead any nation, but this question is not suitable for the help desk nor for any other Wikipedia place. Besides, you assume your nation doesn't have suitable leaders to begin with which is hard to check without telling us what 'our nation' is. - Mgm|(talk) 14:24, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


feedback or response to wikipedia[edit]

actuaaly i wan to know where i got the link or point where i send my response to wikipedia.—Preceding unsigned comment added by Finder252000 (talkcontribs)

Can you give us an idea what kind of feedback or response (no details needed). Wikipedia is really run by its hundreds of thousands of editors, so getting feedback to the right people does depend on who you need to reach. Notinasnaid 14:37, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Pictures for an article[edit]

I would like to post a picture of the Ole Kick from Samoa Joe and expand teh article of pro wrestling attacks. How do I insert the picture

First, you need the right to publish the picture under the GNU Free Documentation License. This means that either you created the picture and therefore own the copyright, or it is in the public domain. (Note this does not apply to images used under the limited Wikipedia:Fair use doctrine). To upload an image to Wikipedia, you can use Special:Upload as a logged-in user and once it is uploaded, you can refer to it in your wiki pages by including its file name: [[Image:NameOfImage.png|Alternate Text]]. See also Wikipedia:Image use policy, Wikipedia:Picture tutorial, and Wikipedia:Extended image syntax. Cheers, Tangotango 14:42, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Pictures[edit]

How do you bring in images to wikipedia—The preceding unsigned comment was added by 207.89.155.83 (talkcontribs) .

Actually, we have an answer in the section just above, "Pictures for an article". :) If you need any clarification, feel free to ask. Cheers, Tangotango 16:16, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Aircraft carrier[edit]

how many miles does it take to stop a large aircraft carrier which is under full power-jtj-207.200.116.71 16:42, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. - Tangotango 16:57, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Aircraft carrier[edit]

how many miles does it take to stop a large aircraft carrier which is under full power-jtj-207.200.116.71 16:42, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. - Tangotango 16:57, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Stent[edit]

Who invented the stent? Where is it manufactured?

You may find some information on the article stent. Else Wikipedia:Reference desk is the place to ask. This help desk is for questions related to wikipedia only -- Lost(talk) 19:21, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Moving page[edit]

Hello,

I just created a redirect page, "Community Action Program," that should be moved--I put the quotation marks around it by mistake. My account is too new to move pages, and I wasn't sure if this was the kind of move that that should get posted to the "request for moves" page. Let me know if I should do that, or if you can make the move for me. Thanks.Hickoryhillster 18:24, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Why don't you post it on the list of moves to do, and later you can move it yourself should no-one move it by them. —— Eagle (ask me for help) 18:45, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


disambiguation[edit]

I wanted to create a disambiguation page for "DIRC" which also links to "Detector of Internally Reflected Cherenkov Light".

Thanx, Brad

Here's the guideline that you want. -- Lost(talk) 19:14, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


adding a link[edit]

on the http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Booksources&isbn=0449200892#United_Kingdom there are links to local council library databases. how do i create one for my council. I know they have an online database that is searchable. thanks.--80.229.245.115 19:08, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

This is where you add your link -- Lost(talk) 19:15, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Quidelines?: Simple redirect vs. short note plus link[edit]

Where can I find guidelines for when it is appropriate to change from a simple redirect to a page containing a short introductory/explanatory note followed by link to the 'main' article? The example that has me asking is here.

I think the motivation is that a short definition of the short term followed by a link to the (much!) fuller article is a better match for most people, rather than asking them to wade through the whole larger article. But the same might be said for many many other initial search terms, and it may be that the conventional simple redirect is mandated (?) so as to not create so many little pages?

Since so much work was done by User:Hfarmer to merge into the larger page and simplify to the redirect, and because some of the "note plus link" advocacy makes me nervous (new users contributing only to this one article), I'd like to review some guidelines to see if this format is defensible, quite apart from whether the small definition might actually agree with the larger article. Shenme 17:22, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

I don't know of a guideline specifically addressing this issue, but my guess is that usually, a redirect is better than a one-line article. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 19:22, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


North American Union[edit]

Why was any reference to the North American Union deleted from Wikipedia, and then protected so that it no longer can be referenced? —Preceding unsigned comment added by 70.224.110.68 (talkcontribs) 19:54, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

The article was deleted following discussion, which concluded that the page did not merit inclusion in Wikipedia per our deletion policy. If you disagree with the reasons given on the deletion discussion page, read Wikipedia:Deletion review and then ask for the deletion to be reviewed, explaining why you think the decision was incorrect. --Kwekubo 20:21, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


University Pages[edit]

All the university pages have a section to the right of the page displaying the stats of the University @ glance. How do you put that?

I assume you are talking about the infobox. It is a template that used to diplay all the relevant information at one place. You can see it here Wikipedia:Infobox templates. You can also find all (I mean ALL) infobox here. Hope that helps, take care. -- Imoeng 20:19, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


How do I post a message?[edit]

In simple 3rd grade English please explain how do I post a message. I wrote my message and do not see a place to "post" it after I wrote it. HELP please. Thank you. George Altman----------

A registered editor have a userspace, which are the userpage and his/her talkpage. Well, this is the most common way to communicate to other people, by using the talkpage. Talkpage is the same with "discussion" page on every article. You can see WP:UP. Hope that helps, cheers -- Imoeng 20:21, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
  • You edit discussion pages like any other Wikipedia page. By editing this page you posted a message to ask directions. Just edit the page where your message is supposed to go. If it's aimed at a specific user go to User talk:<their name>; if it is an article, go to: Talk:<Article name>. - Mgm|(talk) 20:25, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


When is it ok to cite to a blog?[edit]

I recently came close to getting into an editing war in 2006 Qana airstrike article. I linked to a blog that showed comparisons of photographs that I thought pretty clearly showed that many of the photographs were being posed (in pretty disgusting ways in my opinion). It seemed that a reference to the information would fit pretty well on the Qana airstrike site into a category that I created called accusations of photo manipulation. My reference was then removed by an administrator. The reason given was that the blog source was not eligible as a citation per WP:RS. This made me nervous because the topic of the conversation is propaganda and the manipulation of information, (not to mention the hazards of getting into an editing war with an administrator). I haven't seen any other major news agency cover this particular story. When is a blog "good" news and when is it unworthy? --Cdogsimmons 21:08, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Generally, blogs aren't reliable sources for articles, since they don't have the checks and balances in place to ensure that it's not nonsense or original research. If the information is reliable, there should be another source anyway - so referring to a blog isn't necessary. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:12, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Vandalism on Santa Claus[edit]

user:Al1encas1no moved Santa Claus to David Scott Mustane and i can't revert this because i'm a newbie. Username9 21:01, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

  • Some anon replaced the Santa article with text on Mustane in this edit and your supposed vandal moved it to draw attention cause he didn't know how to fix it himself. - Mgm|(talk) 21:26, 8 August 2006 (UTC)


Editing Titles or Page Names[edit]

How do i correct a page name or title's punctuation or grammar?—The preceding unsigned comment was added by Omcinto (talkcontribs) .

You need to move the page. --Emufarmers(T/C) 22:10, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Note that your account must be 4 days old to move a page so you'll have to wait a while. If the move is controversial or impossible, visit Wikipedia:Requested moves. Hope this helps.--Fuhghettaboutit 22:14, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Anon issues[edit]

An anon is repeatedly replacing the text of St. John's University (New York City) with his/her own. Sometimes weeks will go by and then suddenly all improvements to the article will be utterly wiped out. Frankly, I have no interest in the content dispute going on with the article, but I do care that I put a lot of time into spelling/grammar/categorization/punctuation edits a long time ago, and others made additions and template improvements, all of which keep getting wiped out. Talk was fruitless, the anon uses dynamic IPs so User:Talk is not useful, I've asked for semi-protection of the page but was essentially told "not our problem." So what's the next step? -choster 22:34, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

"Fruitless" as in he didn't attempt to communicate? If that's the case, you should probably just keep reverting him. If he chooses to use AOL, as I gather from the talk page, and he doesn't register an account or attempt to communicate, then he really has no cause to complain about being reverted. --Sam Blanning(talk) 22:38, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Add Page ...[edit]

How do i create a page on this site about an album of an artist?

See Wikipedia:Your first article and then Help:Starting a new page. --Sam Blanning(talk) 22:38, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

August 9[edit]

Complete Search[edit]

Is there any way I can search for a word, and get a list of every article that contains that word? Bornagain4 22:17, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Not every article, no, but you can type the beginning of a word and see which articles begin with that string by looking it up on Special:Prefixindex. Titoxd(?!?) 22:20, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Google. Add the string site:en.wikipedia.org to limit your search to the English Wikipedia. In other workds, searching Google with fiddlesticks site:en.wikipedia.org will return links to every page on Wikipedia containing the word fiddlesticks. The downside of this method is that it will also return discussion and user pages, in addition to articles. TenOfAllTrades(talk) 22:23, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
To narrow the above suggestion to pretty much just the articlespace, add this limiter: -inurl:wiki-User -intitle:Talk -inurl:wiki-Wikipedia -inurl:wiki-WP -redirected-from site:en.wikipedia.org.--Fuhghettaboutit 22:26, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Thanx y'all. Bornagain4 23:24, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Cut/paste from one Wikipedia article to another[edit]

Wait.. no need to answer this question, or so I think. I think the origial answer was about cut/pasting entire articles to a newly-created page, not just cut/pasting a small pargraph from one page to another.

Re:" The only copy-paste problem Wikipedia has is when people do cut-and-paste moves.." Uh oh. I have already done this with a different paragraph. What did I bollix? Ling.Nut 01:11, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

Ok, just as a first thing - if you're following up something that's still on this page, it's better to keep the discussion to the same section - look at the title of the section, and to the right of that there should be a little link marked "Edit" - click that and you can add to the end of that.
Now, for your question here - if you're just copying a single paragraph, it should be ok. The problem referred to above is when, for example, someone decides that the article "XYZ Company" belongs at "XYZ Corporation", and instead of going through the proper moving procedure (which is usually pretty simple), they just copy all the test from "XYZ Company" and paste it into "XYZ Corporation", basically messing up all the records of who wrote which bits and so forth. Like I said, if you're just copying a single paragraph that's not something you have to worry about. Confusing Manifestation 00:39, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

New here and need help[edit]

Greetings!

I am new and cannot fathom how to submit. I have browsed around and am very confused. Can you help me?

I really appreciate any help you can offer.

Thank you.

Cate--Quantumspirituality 01:42, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

You may want to stat with Wikipedia:Your first article. Dismas|(talk) 01:43, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Old image page issues[edit]

Occasionally I come across old images like this [3] where there seems to be something wrong with the page. There are several tags on the page (even an odd deletion one) yet editing the page shows no content, and the edit tag is red. Is this issue caused by a possible upgrade or what happened here and more importantly can these image pages be fixed/repaired in someway to not be the mess they seem to look like?--Crossmr 02:09, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

That is a Commons image (and thus Commons tags). It is located at Commons:Image:Adolf Hitler im Ersten Weltkrieg.jpg--Commander Keane 02:17, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

PHP movies[edit]

What player is required to play movies with the PHP extension? Is there a coded for windows media player?

Thanks in advance

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. -- Lost(talk) 04:26, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Tables[edit]

How do you put two tables side by side on a page? thanks, Coasttocoast 03:23, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Here's the detailed guide: Help:Table#Width, height -- Lost(talk) 04:29, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
There are a lot of ways. One way is to float the images, as done at User:Commander Keane/Sandpit. Another way is to align one image to the left, and the other to the right. Or you could nest the tables within another table. I'm not sure which one is best.--Commander Keane 04:39, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Changing edit summary[edit]

Is there any way to change your edit summary once the edit is posted? Thanks.
Okay, I've found out that there's normally no way, but I wonder if an administrator could have a look. I'm afraid I did something really stupid and offensive. In reverting some vandalism, I facetiously repeated the vandalism in the edit summary. And...the vandalism was a slur on another wiki user.
I know! I'm stupid! I was just being flip, and wasn't thinking that it would show up in recent changes and be archived forever.
So...is this something where an administrator can get me out of my mess, or do I just have to be a jerk?
It certainly wasn't a conscious attack on that user - I don't even know who he is.
DanB DanD 03:45, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
I've excised the revision in question. This is not a routine measure, so please don't allow this to happen again. —David Levy 04:10, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you so much, I'm so sorry. It was one of those "press post and suddenly realize what you've done" moments.
DanB DanD 04:15, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Don't worry about it too much. You may want to use a more generic edit summary (i.e. rv vandalism) in the future, just in case. Happy editing! Prodego talk 04:17, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Moving old user page / talk page[edit]

Hi. I recently changed my user name. Then I copy-pasted my user info in my new user page. Then noticed that the old one stays around, but I don't want that (it was in my full name, so I prefer a bit more anonymity).

So I tried moving it, as suggested in the how-to, but it refuses, as there is already a new user page at that point. Any way to avoid that, and get my old user page / talk page moved / merged (its actually empty, both the old and new ones, I'm just trying to consolidate it under the new name). MadMaxDog 05:30, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Hiya: Here's what you have to do. Take a look at this page; you'll have to put a request there, so that a bureaucrat can change your account's name, delete the user and talk pages on your current account, and move the user and talk pages from your old account onto it. Beyond that, all your old edits will still be attributed to your old account; take a look at Wikipedia:Anonymity and the pages it links to (Wikipedia:Account_deletion#Deleting your user account in particular). Make sure to include exactly what you want in your username change request; good luck! --Emufarmers(T/C) 06:00, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

sattelite view of the earth like google earth[edit]

Hi,

Is there any facility in wikipedia to view the earth like google earth? (sattelite view)

No, there isn't, as far as I know, but you might like to try Google Maps (they have a satellite view option). The link is http://maps.google.com/. Microsoft has also made their own version, at http://terraserver.microsoft.com/. Cheers, Tangotango 06:49, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Is there any way I can download the english wiki?[edit]

Ideally I'm looking for a compressed archive of the English wikipedia as up-to-date as possible. My internet is kind of temperamental (which is why I'm trying to get this) but I've got a download manager so I should be fine if it takes a few hours.--NorsemanII 22:03, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

As far as I know, there are some database dumps available. Please see Wikipedia:Database download. Bjelleklang - talk 22:06, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
(ec) You can download an XML dump of the English Wikipedia at download.wikimedia.org, but be warned: it is HUGE, and the most complete dump is approximately 42 GB when fully compressed. Titoxd(?!?) 22:09, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Is that all? I'm actually surprised it's that small.--Anchoress 01:56, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Wait until you uncompress it and it blows up to 800 GB. Titoxd(?!?) 02:01, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Good grief, that's not far from a TB..... --Wslack (talk) 02:06, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
That's still really small!--Anchoress 02:09, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
For you perhaps. Pacific Coast Highway (blahI'm a hot toe picker) 02:10, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
By my reckoning, that's over a year to download on a modem... Notinasnaid 08:28, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Hassan Nasrallah and Ayatollah Ali Khamenei pic[edit]

Hello, I found this picture[4] that originally was taken by MEHR NEWS AGENCY (which is one of the state news agencies in the Islamic Republic of Iran) but the picture was brought down from the site due to the tention and the esclating crisis in the Middle East. Because of the nature of this picture which explains a lot of accusations about Hezbollah being a tool for Iran and it's leaders and the degree of Hezbollah allegiance to the Iran, I wanted to put this picture in Wikipedia. (which according to Mehr News is allowed if the name of the agenvy is told) Can you help me to find a right tag (about copy rights) because I am new here.

I really appreaciate it. Best Regards: --Kaaveh 08:20, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Ok I tagged it as fair use for the 2 articles it is on. And noted that it is with permission of MEHR news. If you wantan explanation about the tagging let me know. --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 08:53, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Is there any way I can download the english wiki?[edit]

Ideally I'm looking for a compressed archive of the English wikipedia as up-to-date as possible. My internet is kind of temperamental (which is why I'm trying to get this) but I've got a download manager so I should be fine if it takes a few hours.--NorsemanII 22:03, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

As far as I know, there are some database dumps available. Please see Wikipedia:Database download. Bjelleklang - talk 22:06, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
(ec) You can download an XML dump of the English Wikipedia at download.wikimedia.org, but be warned: it is HUGE, and the most complete dump is approximately 42 GB when fully compressed. Titoxd(?!?) 22:09, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Is that all? I'm actually surprised it's that small.--Anchoress 01:56, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Wait until you uncompress it and it blows up to 800 GB. Titoxd(?!?) 02:01, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Good grief, that's not far from a TB..... --Wslack (talk) 02:06, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
That's still really small!--Anchoress 02:09, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
For you perhaps. Pacific Coast Highway (blahI'm a hot toe picker) 02:10, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
By my reckoning, that's over a year to download on a modem... Notinasnaid 08:28, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Hassan Nasrallah and Ayatollah Ali Khamenei pic[edit]

Hello, I found this picture[5] that originally was taken by MEHR NEWS AGENCY (which is one of the state news agencies in the Islamic Republic of Iran) but the picture was brought down from the site due to the tention and the esclating crisis in the Middle East. Because of the nature of this picture which explains a lot of accusations about Hezbollah being a tool for Iran and it's leaders and the degree of Hezbollah allegiance to the Iran, I wanted to put this picture in Wikipedia. (which according to Mehr News is allowed if the name of the agenvy is told) Can you help me to find a right tag (about copy rights) because I am new here.

I really appreaciate it. Best Regards: --Kaaveh 08:20, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Ok I tagged it as fair use for the 2 articles it is on. And noted that it is with permission of MEHR news. If you wantan explanation about the tagging let me know. --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 08:53, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


adding image to an article[edit]

Hello,

I just added a new article (title: Hassan Allam) but was totally unable to add an image [Image:Hassan_Allam.png]. I followed all the help guidelines but without success. I would be grateful for any help that you can offer.

Thank you!

Hussein

--Hussein M Allam 09:54, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

I have got it working now. I will delete Image:Hassan Allam.png as it is a duplicate of Image:Hassan Allam.PNG. Just use Image:Hassan Allam.PNG from now on.--Commander Keane 10:36, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Great! Thanks a lot :-) --Hussein M Allam 10:40, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


exel[edit]

Hi, Do you know any city named exel ?—The preceding unsigned comment was added by 130.36.62.127 (talkcontribs) .

This would be better asked at the reference desk, however a quick search suggests that there isn't a city with that name. There is a compan called exel though --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 11:19, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Server[edit]

what is server—The preceding unsigned comment was added by 59.144.61.147 (talkcontribs) .

This would be better asked at the reference desk. But, see this article an explanation of what a server is. --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 11:16, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

CAP 100 U[edit]

what is CAP 100 U ? --59.144.61.147 11:18, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Again, better asked at the Reference desk as this is the place to ask questions about wikipeida and editing. --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 11:21, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


EMPLOYEE BENEFITS[edit]

please describe in one liner of EMPLOYEE BENEFITS—The preceding unsigned comment was added by 59.144.61.147 (talkcontribs) .

I'm not sure I understand what you want. The article on Employee benefits might be of help to your question. Although in future requests like this should probably go to the Reference Desk as this page is for policy or editing related questions. --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 11:28, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Testing of petroleum products for Oman Refinery Company[edit]

Oman Refinery company is in the process of compiling MSDS ( Material Safety Data Sheet) for various petroleum products being produced like LPG, Gasolines, gas oil, Jet Fuel etc . In this connection number of tsts are to be carried out for finding the parameters like Flash point, composition by using chromotography, auto ignition temperature, purity of sulphur, Lower and upper explosive limits of products etc.

Can SQ University departments can help in this testing program.

For any further clarification, kindly contact :

Address removed


Thanks

Do you have an editing question you would liek to ask? ViridaeTalk 12:08, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Please name 10 commodities or services Dell might purchase[edit]

Please name 10 commodities or services Dell might purchase

How about you name 5 and then I'll name 5? (try here) --MichaelZimmer (talk) 12:34, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


about music[edit]

is there any english music album name "Celentine Women" released recently ?let me know....................--84.150.230.236 12:32, 9 August 2006 (UTC)--84.150.230.236 12:32, 9 August 2006 (UTC)r--84.150.230.236 12:32, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

That question is better asked at the reference desk --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 12:43, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


i know how to share[edit]

this is a wonderful place..i could spend all day here. how can i get help others to find this great fount? i got here by google, but now that i know this is here i'll keep coming back. a lot. thank you all so much —Preceding unsigned comment added by Lefey2112 (talkcontribs)

Thanks for the praise, tell your firends. Just don't spam anyone. We rank pretty high on google for just about any subject (slight stretch but what the hey). Hope you stick around and improve a few articles or start one of your own. ViridaeTalk 12:52, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
(edit conflict) Well thats a nice dcomment! Although this wasn't the place to put it - but never mind. As to letting others know. Well a link of your own website (if you have one) or recommending it to friends is a good start. --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 12:53, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
When I wrote two articles, Google Groups and Homerun (film), I asked my friends to read the articles and give feedback. I was indirectly teaching them the wiki concept, and I got a couple of friends to sign up and contribute after reading the articles I wrote. Why not write some articles and ask your friends to read them? Once you have written your articles, you may wish to post a request for feedback on them. --J.L.W.S. The Special One 12:58, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
There is an old (defunct?) page about this: Wikipedia:Building Wikipedia membership.--Commander Keane 13:11, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

how do I add a new page[edit]

How do I add a new page ? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Simran05 (talkcontribs) 14:17, 9 August 2006.

See Help:Starting a new page. Wikipedia:Your first article and Wikipedia:How to write a great article are also helpful. BTW, remember to sign your messages by typing ~~~~ at the end. Jacek Kendysz 14:22, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

I've created a new article. Why does it not appear when I search for it?--Sab1976 14:36, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

It should do. Have you created it in the right place (post a link to it). --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:39, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
According to your Contibutions page you havn't created an article. Did you click save page when you created it? --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:42, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Wikipedia's Search function runs behind by a few days. The article may exist, but the Search doesn't know about it. You can always find things you have created by going to your Contributions page, as tmorton166 indicated above. User:Zoe|(talk) 16:52, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


How to access in Wikipedia infos[edit]

My name is Norbert MBU-MPUTU. Norbert MBU-MPUTU, also called Norbert X MBU-MPUTU, was born in DRC in 1967, is a journalist member of the Union Catholic International of Press, UCIP, and correspondent of many press agencies, a writer with a poetry book “Lueurs mélancoliques” (Paris, La Pensée Universelle, 1992), a history research book “Cent ans d’Evangelisation du Mai-Ndombe par les Pères de Scheut” (Kinshasa, Les Editions du Jour Nouveau, 1997) and a famous novel “Ville-morte” (Kinshasa, Mediaspaul, 1999) that describes the condition and the situation when you are arrested by the soldiers and also about the dictatorship in his country Democratic Republic of Congo. Researcher in anthropology and sociology working for CEEBA (Centre of Ethnological Studies of Bandundu) with a specialisation in African Religion and Black witchcraft issue, he worked during some years in United Nations in his country before joining Riders for health, a British International Charity working in Africa. He is living temporarily in Newport, in Wales (United Kingdom)

What must I do if I want to see those information in your Encyclopedia ? Thanks for your help. e-mail removed to protect from spam

To create a new article, see Help:Starting a new page. You might also want to take a look at Wikipedia:Your first article and Wikipedia:How to write a great article. However, if you're going to write about yourself, please read WP:AUTO and write the article from a Neutral point of view. You may also be interested in the French Wikipedia. - Tangotango 16:07, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
See also WP:BIO to see if you meet our notability guidelines. In addition, only logged-in users can create an article. If you are posting anonymously, the best you can do is to go to Wikipedia:Articles for creation, put the content there, and ask someone else to create it for you. User:Zoe|(talk) 16:54, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Naming Your Article[edit]

Hello,

I just created an article for the organization that I work for - National Committee for Responsive Philanthropy (NCRP) - I have run into a problem figuring out how to make the page search-able. I can enter "National Committee for Responsive Philanthropy" in the search box and the article will come up. But how do you make the article come up/appear for searches like:

NCRP Responsive Philanthropy Philanthropy etc.

Thank you for your time, Kelly Schultz e-mail removed to protect from spam

The search index is often out of date, sometimes taking weeks before it's updated. Recent changes are not reflected until the next time the search index is updated. If the relevant words are in the article, I assume it will become searchable when the index is updated. But please do not "optimize" your articles for the built-in search engine. A better alternative might be searching Wikipedia using Google; to do that, see this page - Tangotango 16:05, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Indeed, at least the introduction and history have been copied from the official website. This article will likely be deleted without further intervention as a copyright violation - Kelly, if you'd like to keep it, either (1) Make a note permitting reuse of the text under the GFDL at the site of the original publication. (2) Send an email from an address associated with the original publication (i.e., an ncrp.org address) to permissions at wikimedia dot org or a postal message to the Wikimedia Foundation. Cheers, Tangotango 16:46, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

I work at NCRP...I will try to correct the problems so I don't get kicked off...I am a first time user...please bare with me - kelly


Small font[edit]

How do I create text that has a smaller font? I'm not looking for superscipt or subscript. Just small text. CoolGuy 16:34, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

There are several ways to do it, including the use of the <small></small> tag to proper CSS (<span style="font-size:85%"></span>) However, don't overuse them - use them only when necessary, and avoid using them in articles. Cheers, Tangotango 16:38, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Government works question[edit]

I understand works of the United States Federal Government are public domain. Would that include works of the FCC? Pacific Coast Highway (blahI'm a hot toe picker) 01:37, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Anyone? Pacific Coast Highway (blahI'm a hot toe picker) 03:20, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
I must reference IANAL, but it would seem to me that it would be the case.—WAvegetarian(talk) 05:28, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
WAveg is correct. Joe 17:45, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Inaccurate Program Guide[edit]

Tonight is another night I eagerly awaited this weeks showing of Eureka. I current use TV dish network to view Eureka and many other presentations that the Sci-Fi channel offers. Much to my disatisfaction the program guide often and frequently displays inaccurate information to when specific presentations are aired but also the specific shows played are not the ones present in the TV dish network guide. This problem has and is frequent and oongoing. It is my opinion that as a result of such errors the actual head count in the actual people is being stadily erroded. The sci fi channell presents most outstanding programs and content that the public is progressively being denied access to as result TV dish networks sub par managemnt of the viewing guide.

Do you have an editng problem you want help with? ViridaeTalk 05:26, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Perhaps the PRODding of Dish Network is in order, with reason poor programming guide. Joe 17:48, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

How do I link to another entry?[edit]

I am putting together an entry for web community and would like to link to virtual community as well as a few others. How do I do this?

Thank you!



      sattelite image of west bengal india→

Did you mean like this? (example: Dogs). You just put two [ at the beginning and two ] at the end like this [[what you want to link]]. SynergeticMaggot 19:45, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Or did you mean you are linking a web site to a Wikipedia article. For that you only use one [ at the beginning and one ] at the end. SynergeticMaggot 19:47, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Underlined links[edit]

How do you turn off that annoying thing where all your blue links show up underlined? (I know this is a middlingly-FAQ, but it's never happened to me before and I cannot remember the answer.) AndyJones 20:43, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

  • Wait a minute! It's gone away, as soon as I pressed save on the edit above. It must be the magic of WP:HD! Your help is retroactive. AndyJones 20:45, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Glad to be of help. :) I have the same problem now and then. I always do a full refresh with the ctrl and the f5 key (Internet explorer) and it goes away. Garion96 (talk) 20:48, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Naming convention question[edit]

I want to create an article about a French magazine called Magic. Obviously there would be a page already called Magic,however I see there is already a page called Magic (magazine). I've had a look through the naming convention page but I still am unsure as to what I should call the page. If possible, I would appreciate some help, I'm rather new to this. Ideally on my talk page perhaps. Thank you --Xobxela 18:00, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

  • I'll reply on your talk page. — Reinyday, 22:10, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

daewoo nubira 1999 2.0[edit]

i need to know if i can get a repair manual or information on the the problem with the engine? what has happened is that the engine just died. i have checked to see if i'm getting fuel to the injectors and iam. so i checked to see if i'm getting to the spark plugs and iam. but when i start the car the engine will not fire up .so then i replaced the sencesor/switch that plugs into the throtal body and the fuel injectors plug into it .and still no luck starting the engine.it would be great if you could help me solve this problem.i bought the car used last year in 2005 with only 38.000 miles on it,for my wife and children and they really love the car. the reason im asking for your help is that i can not afford to take it any were to have someone try and fix it. any way i,m capable of fixing it my self .i just need a little help pin pointing the problem. thank you Jim Kennedy

Looks like a question for the reference desk; I know it's a bit confusing, but hang in there, eh? Good luck. :) Luna Santin 00:13, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
(Edit conflict) You might like to try the Reference desk where they specialise in knowledge based questions. (That said, you should be able to get a repair manual on almost every car produced - Haynes Manuals are ussually sold at motor parts stockers. ViridaeTalk 00:17, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Creating an article[edit]

I am an absolute web novice but I've written several books on an American painter. I'd like to put a bio of that artist on line in Wikipedia. Can I just cut and paste from some of my past work or is it necessary to know all sorts of fancy gobbeldy gook and symbols, etc. to make it appear properly. I'm not even sure how to check to see if anyone answers this letter. Can someone send an answer to <email removed> Thank you.—The preceding unsigned comment was added by 24.51.103.185 (talkcontribs) .

The best I can suggest is that you take a stab at the Wikipedia:tutorial (<---that is a link; clicking on it will take you to the tutorial:-). This will explain much about using the software here. It's really not all that difficult—just a bit odd and maybe random seeming at first. For instance placing two apostrophes around each side of a word italicizes it; three renders to boldface, and so on. Note, though, that we prize sources here and have rules against copyright violations so please don't...ahem...plagiarize yourself.--Fuhghettaboutit 05:04, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Submitting text here means anyone will be allowed to copy and reuse it (even for commercial purposes). If you're not happy with that being done to text from your book, you should avoid copying and write new text for the article. Rewriting is a good thing anyway, because your book is unlikely to be written in an encyclopedic style throughout. - Mgm|(talk) 07:18, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Well, you can reuse your own material, if suitable, but you have to jump through hoops to demonstrate you are the copyright holder. Without this, we don't know that the person making the article is really "you", it could be anyone stealing your work. To avoid the hoops, rewrites are the simplest way. Notinasnaid 08:40, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Also, since it appears that you're editing under an IP address, you'll need to create an account. --Gray Porpoise 01:05, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Referencing[edit]

On one movie article I'm editing, I have several reliable references to the web and DVD. There are also book references, but they were added by someone else. I know that specific phrases in the article can be referenced with the books, but past editors did not have the hindsight to use inline citations. I don't own the books and I'm not going to buy them solely for Wikipedia, so I'm wondering if not inline citing the books will be a problem for the article's GA and FA noms. However, I've also noticed that several featured film articles, such as Casablanca, have books in their references but do not inline cite some of them. Thanks. -Dark Kubrick 06:04, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Casablanca is probably a bad example, because it was featured a while ago, before inline citations were as valued as they are today. I'm not sure about the FA and GA standards.--Commander Keane 07:21, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

You didn't really answer my question...-Dark Kubrick 02:29, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Using Wikipedia material on another website[edit]

I've read through the agreement and have become very confused on how to use information from here on my website. If I come across an article and image that I want to use on my website, what do I need to do?

19:51, 9 August 2006 (UTC)~

See Wikipedia:Copyrights, where the full details are given of reusers' rights and obligations. --Kwekubo 00:38, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


daewoo nubira 1999 2.0[edit]

i need to know if i can get a repair manual or information on the the problem with the engine? what has happened is that the engine just died. i have checked to see if i'm getting fuel to the injectors and iam. so i checked to see if i'm getting to the spark plugs and iam. but when i start the car the engine will not fire up .so then i replaced the sencesor/switch that plugs into the throtal body and the fuel injectors plug into it .and still no luck starting the engine.it would be great if you could help me solve this problem.i bought the car used last year in 2005 with only 38.000 miles on it,for my wife and children and they really love the car. the reason im asking for your help is that i can not afford to take it any were to have someone try and fix it. any way i,m capable of fixing it my self .i just need a little help pin pointing the problem. thank you Jim Kennedy

Looks like a question for the reference desk; I know it's a bit confusing, but hang in there, eh? Good luck. :) Luna Santin 00:13, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
(Edit conflict) You might like to try the Reference desk where they specialise in knowledge based questions. (That said, you should be able to get a repair manual on almost every car produced - Haynes Manuals are ussually sold at motor parts stockers. ViridaeTalk 00:17, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Wierd error accessing Hasselhoff page - forces download popup[edit]

Going to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/David_Hasselhoff forces a download popup to appear

198.240.130.75 18:21, 9 August 2006 (UTC)X

  • Sorry, I cannot recreate the error you were having. Could you please explain it in more detail? — Reinyday, 22:09, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Go to Special:Preferences. In the Editing section untick "Use external editor by default". - Tangotango 03:53, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Hits[edit]

Is it possible to look up the hits for a particular term?

Nope, sorry.—WAvegetarian(talk) 04:54, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

No math or other graphics displayed in Firefox (on wikpedia only)[edit]

I have no problem on other sites, or when using IE on Wikipedia, but Firefox 1.5.0.6 (my standard/pref'd browser) gives me only alt text, even when I set a user-agent spoofer to fake being IE.

If I click thru on alt text and then click on an image file's name, I can get to the image and display it, without changing user agent or anything. just nothing in the regular/topic wikpages themselves

ALSO, of course: No math formulas.

--Any ideas? Multiloquent 05:35, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Make sure you don't accidentally have an "external site images off" setting set somewhere. Wikipedia images are stored on upload.wikimedia.org, so they will be considered "external" to all Wikimedia sites, including Wikipedia. Check the Web Developer toolbar and Adblock if you have them installed. There might be a native Firefox option that does that too. Cheers, Tangotango 05:36, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


search for articles of shri aurobindo[edit]

sir, i am looking for the article written by shri aurobindo around 15 Aug 1947. plz help

A search on Google (http://www.google.com/) immediately turned up the following site, which is probably what you're looking for: http://www.sriaurobindosociety.org.in/15aug.htm Also, please note that this page is for help with editing Wikipedia, and queries such as yours are best asked at Wikipedia:Reference desk in future. Cheers, Tangotango 07:19, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

discussion participation[edit]

How do I participate in discussion on the discussion page associated with an article? I see no button for "add a comment" etc.JHarlen 20:49, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Just click on the 'edit this page' tab at the top of the talk page and add your comments at the bottom of the text in the edit box. Tony Fox (arf!) 20:54, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
How do I participate in a discussion associated with an entry. I'm sure I'm missing something obvious, but when I go to a discussion page associated with an entry, there is no "edit this page" choice, no "insert your comment here," no "edit" button, etc. —The preceding unsigned comment was added by JHarlen (talkcontribs) 22:16, 9 August 2006.
Click on the 'edit this page' tab. This tab is marked here. Jacek Kendysz 22:25, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Well, please go to the entry for "Terrorism," e.g. You will see that there is an "edit this page" tab at the top. But beside it is a "discussion" tab. Click on that. Then there IS no "edit this page tab", and I don't see any other way to participate in the discussion.JHarlen
  • JHarlen, for me there is an "edit this page" tab on Talk:Terrorism, as with every other Wikipedia page. You can use this link to add a new comment to Talk:Terrorism. I hope that helps. — Reinyday, 01:58, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Oh, my apologies. I just noticed that is says, "Note: This page has been protected so that only established users can edit it." at the top. I think it takes a few days for you to become an established user. — Reinyday, 01:59, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • It's been unprotected, so feel free to discuss! — Reinyday, 08:54, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Table needs fixing[edit]

This might seem like a meaningless topic, but this page (Episodes from Ed, Edd n Eddy, Season 3) has an issue with the table that I can't figure out. Is there anyone who can figure out how to fix it? 71.226.112.183 04:09, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

  • It's not meaningless. I fixed it. Thanks for letting us know it was broken. — Reinyday, 08:53, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


I need help - checking a user's edits that might be vandalism[edit]

Yesterday I welcomed a new user, Superclown. I put his talk page on my watchlist to keep an eye on him for few days, just to see if he has any problems. Well, today I checked his talk page and it appears he made some ill-natured edits.

As I am not a native speaker of English and don't know much about the articles he edited, I'd appreciate some help from more experienced users. His contributions on articles on MGM Grand Adventures Theme Park, Etobicoke, Ontario, Havelock, Ontario, Hot dog and Shadoe Stevens have been reverted as vandalism. That leaves us with the following edits:

Please help me with these edits. I'm almost sure that some of these are vandalism, but I don't want to make any mistakes since it would mean that he has to be blocked from editing. Thank you so much. Regards from Slovenia, Missmarple 08:09, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Yeah, those do look like very vandalous edits. Ryūlóng 08:16, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Everything but the etobicoke school; that appears to be removing vandalism. I googled the person in question and the dubiously titled 'King of Kensington - The Next Generation', and found nothing. I would advise against reverting the etobicoke article without further investigation.--Anchoress 08:56, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

discussion participation[edit]

How do I participate in discussion on the discussion page associated with an article? I see no button for "add a comment" etc.JHarlen 20:49, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Just click on the 'edit this page' tab at the top of the talk page and add your comments at the bottom of the text in the edit box. Tony Fox (arf!) 20:54, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
How do I participate in a discussion associated with an entry. I'm sure I'm missing something obvious, but when I go to a discussion page associated with an entry, there is no "edit this page" choice, no "insert your comment here," no "edit" button, etc. —The preceding unsigned comment was added by JHarlen (talkcontribs) 22:16, 9 August 2006.
Click on the 'edit this page' tab. This tab is marked here. Jacek Kendysz 22:25, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Well, please go to the entry for "Terrorism," e.g. You will see that there is an "edit this page" tab at the top. But beside it is a "discussion" tab. Click on that. Then there IS no "edit this page tab", and I don't see any other way to participate in the discussion.JHarlen
  • JHarlen, for me there is an "edit this page" tab on Talk:Terrorism, as with every other Wikipedia page. You can use this link to add a new comment to Talk:Terrorism. I hope that helps. — Reinyday, 01:58, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Oh, my apologies. I just noticed that is says, "Note: This page has been protected so that only established users can edit it." at the top. I think it takes a few days for you to become an established user. — Reinyday, 01:59, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • It's been unprotected, so feel free to discuss! — Reinyday, 08:54, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Table needs fixing[edit]

This might seem like a meaningless topic, but this page (Episodes from Ed, Edd n Eddy, Season 3) has an issue with the table that I can't figure out. Is there anyone who can figure out how to fix it? 71.226.112.183 04:09, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

  • It's not meaningless. I fixed it. Thanks for letting us know it was broken. — Reinyday, 08:53, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


I need help - checking a user's edits that might be vandalism[edit]

Yesterday I welcomed a new user, Superclown. I put his talk page on my watchlist to keep an eye on him for few days, just to see if he has any problems. Well, today I checked his talk page and it appears he made some ill-natured edits.

As I am not a native speaker of English and don't know much about the articles he edited, I'd appreciate some help from more experienced users. His contributions on articles on MGM Grand Adventures Theme Park, Etobicoke, Ontario, Havelock, Ontario, Hot dog and Shadoe Stevens have been reverted as vandalism. That leaves us with the following edits:

Please help me with these edits. I'm almost sure that some of these are vandalism, but I don't want to make any mistakes since it would mean that he has to be blocked from editing. Thank you so much. Regards from Slovenia, Missmarple 08:09, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Yeah, those do look like very vandalous edits. Ryūlóng 08:16, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Everything but the etobicoke school; that appears to be removing vandalism. I googled the person in question and the dubiously titled 'King of Kensington - The Next Generation', and found nothing. I would advise against reverting the etobicoke article without further investigation.--Anchoress 08:56, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Edit Help[edit]

Greetings,

I am trying to add a section entitled "No. 1 hit singles" to the page entitled "1949 In Music" I have copied the same format that was used for 1950 and then edited it for 1949. When I click priview, the entire section comes up just as it should. But when I click save, only the heading and the introductory line appear. Please help.

Chuck Ford

Editing Help[edit]

Greetings,

I wrote you concerning a problem with editing a page but have solved the problem. Thanks anyway.

Chuck Ford

Seems ok now. Ether your viewing it was messed up (can happen) or someone else got to it and fixed it. --Bky1701 05:44, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

RE the preceding topic about footnotes, e.g. Grenadier Guards[edit]

I think I've got this straight. Do I do the "References" section using Citation Templates - WP:CITET - ? And do I use <ref> and </ref> tags within the text, containing between them the footnote, followed by a Notes section with <references/> for "Footnotes"? as described at WP:FN

  • Please confirm that my understanding of this is correct. Thanks for your forbearance. It's a steep learning curve. -- FClef (Talk) 02:13, 14 July 2006 (UTC)
    • Sounds about right. You can think about it as two independent issues. When you place something between <ref> and </ref> tags in the text, cite.php will move whatever you put there to where the <references/> tag is. Because you're using this for footnotes, you'd put that <references/> tag in a Footnotes or References section at the end of the article. The {{cite}} templates just make it easy to format your whatever as a standard bibliographic form...it's unrelated to the cite.php mechanism. DMacks 08:25, 14 July 2006 (UTC)
      • Thanks for clarification. -- FClef (Talk) 00:59, 19 July 2006 (UTC)


Creating a userpage as an anon[edit]

Hello, how I can I have a userpage created as an IP editor? I have submitted it to Articles for creation but it was deleted without comment, so I presume that was not the place. So where should I make that request? Thanks. --67.169.212.172 07:12, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

as far as i know.. u can't have a userpage, because you share the IP with many other ppl, therefore, u have no real "right" to a userpage. Take alook at Special:Userlogin, and make an account today! :) --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 07:15, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
You don't need to request it: Just click on the link to your IP user page and create it. There are a lot of reasons why you should register, and I definitely encourage you to do so, but if you want to have a userpage as an IP editor, then that's fine. --Emufarmers(T/C) 07:17, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Edit conflict: IP sharing shouldn't be a problem unless it's a dynamic IP. --Emufarmers(T/C) 07:17, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Anonymous users cannot have user pages. One of the benefits of registering an account is havin your own user page that you can customize, so I suggest you register an account. For more compelling reasons as to why you should register an account, read Wikipedia:Why create an account?. Cheers, Tangotango 07:20, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Oh, yes, anons can't create new pages. My bad, then; registering is certainly the best option, although if you stay an IP, you could nominally substitute your talk page, a la 68.39.174.238. I wouldn't recommend it unless there's a real reason you can't register, though. --Emufarmers(T/C) 07:34, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for your quick replies everyone. I noticed that User:216.237.179.238 appears to have requested his user page be created, per its talk page.--67.169.212.172 09:53, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
By the way, while I only vaguly understand how Ip addressing etc. works, it appears that my IP dosen`t change every minute, since my first edit on this Ip was July 5th, per my contributions page.--67.169.212.172 09:59, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
But really, if you are serious enough about Wikipedia to want a user page, why on earth don't you just register? (Rightly or wrongly) your edits will carry more respect. Do you have some security concerns? Notinasnaid 10:30, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Please register for an account on Wikipedia. It just takes 15-30 seconds, and no e-mail address is required - your IP will be hidden, thus increasing your privacy. Many features, such as uploading images, are restricted to registered users. These measures are to prevent abuse as many anonymous users vandalise. Many Wikipedians, such as myself, have formed the impression of anonymous users as vandals, so you should register if you wish to contribute further to Wikipedia. There are many other problems with anonymous users, particularly shared IPs. Registering will make it easier to contact you and will help you build your reputation. If you won't register to contribute, what you wish to contribute probably isn't worth much anyway. --J.L.W.S. The Special One 10:42, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
I don't agree with the last statement. Anonymous contributions are as important as those by registered users, and many people with a strong understanding of various subjects either choose to contribute anonymously, or don't know to register, but still end up making great contributions to Wikipedia. Registered users also vandalize Wikipedia, and sometimes it is more difficult to figure this out because they are registered. By no means is there a clear-cut anonymous = vandal, registered = trusted distinction. - Tangotango 17:02, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Well said. Or as another user put it, a good edit is a good edit, no matter who made it. So, how can I create a usepage as an anon? Thanks. 67.169.212.172 06:41, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
You can't. You have to register an account to do that. :) - Tangotango 06:44, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Some have, perhaps indirecly, through registered users. See User:216.237.179.238(as mentioned above), and also User:69.179.138.158. Cheers,User:67.169.212.172 07:13, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Changing edit summary[edit]

Can admins or bureaucrats go back and modify the edit summary? Lincher 12:45, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Interesting question. No they can't, however in exceptional circumstances they can remove a version edit and the edit summary (or at lest hide it from any non-admins). Why? is there something you need removed? --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 12:49, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
I imagine the situation about which Lincher writes isn't a simple one, but a dummy edit may be used where one inadvertently omits an edit summary or unintentionally misstates the content of his edit... Joe 17:53, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
No. The real reason behind this is that there is a need for edit summary to keep track of different things on the Good articles' project and for this it would be soooooooo useful to be able to change the edit summary of users that don't bother to add edit summaries. It would thus be really necessary to have such a feature for projects like GA or FA to better keeping track of edits. Lincher 14:31, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


reset password[edit]

I thought I had created an account with a username that I commonly use elsewhere. When I tried to access the account with that account name, I found that I did not have the proper password. Accordingly, I used the "Reset Password" feature. When I checked my email, I found no message. Therefore I am afraid I reset someone else's password. Is there any way to inform Wikipedia that the rightful owner of that username did not request a new password so that he/she isn't surprised that a new password is suddenly required?

The only way Wikipedia can contact you is through your email. And because of this, I want to ask you, did you enter your email adress at the beginning of the registration? That is probably the missing thing. Take care -- Imoeng 22:49, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
You cannot accidentally reset anyone else's password (or even your own really). The reset password feature allows both the old and new passwords to work, so no one will be inconvenienced.--Commander Keane 14:39, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Deletion[edit]

Can I delete the part I've contributed ? Because I'm unhappy to be told arrogantly by wikipedia's editors what can be added and what can't , and being insulted as "racist" "uncivil" etc. That's why I want to take off what I have contributed. I will be carefull not to touch anything else. If wikipedia can do that automatically, that will be great. I don't what to contribute with these "civilized" editors. —Preceding unsigned comment added by 69.192.19.59 (talkcontribs)

  • You may go to any article and remove your contirubtion, but other editors may add it back. When you edit the Wikipedia, the edit page says, "You agree to license your contributions under the GFDL." so your contributions are licensed as such as soon as you make them. — Reinyday, 22:05, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
  • This means you can't retract your permission. You shouldn't want to anyway just because of a few nasty people. This is a large project and there's bound to be a few people trying to mess things up as with any large project. Try reporting them instead. - Mgm|(talk) 20:20, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Trouble logging in[edit]

I log in whe I start with Wikipedia, but every time I try to do anyhting, it tells me I'm not logged in, I hit the link to log in, it says I successfully logged in, and when I try again to edit, around we go again!

Using Mozilla Firefox, is there something not set right?

Do you have cookies enabled? --Gray Porpoise 00:53, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Yes, that's one thing I made sure to check.

It's doing that for me too. It happened before, when the foundation was fundraising. I have assumed it's a subtle reminder to support Wikipedia financially.Anchoress 05:09, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

I don't know much about this kind of thing, but it works at work, and not at home. The main difference I can think of, is that we have DSL at work, and at home, I use a satellite connection. Can that make a difference? Is it something about a static IP address on DSL, but not on satellite?

I have DSL at home and for the last few days I've had to re-log in regularly (several times a day). Anchoress 23:31, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

If it was just that, I could live with it, but I can't accomplish anything before I am logged off. Here are the things I've tried:

Disabling firewall

Using both IE and Mozilla Firefox latest versions

Checking for the latest installations of multimedia flash and Java

Removing toolbars from my browsers

Made sure cookies were enabled

And I haven't figured it out. There must be somebody that knows more than me?


I tried it with my wife's computer, and I get the same behavior, which leads me to think that it may be something in the satellite setup. I am going to try to check on Hughes' site.

I have just confirmed the same problem (after MUCH frustration). No computer (nor any of several browsers) on our local network connected to the Internet via Hughes Satellite will hold a login session. when I remoted to another computer on a different network, that computer logged in immediately and had no problems

Copyright issues[edit]

Hmm...I'm not sure if this is where this belongs, but anyways..
I recently uploaded an image Image:Ayurveda_oil.jpg from this site. However, I hadn't provided the exact URL of the page at http://www.we-make-money-not-art.com, from where the image was taken. So Abu badali (talk · contribs) sent me a message, asking for the specific URL. He also dutifully tagged the image as {{no source}}. I immediately complied with the request and provided the correct link. However when I looked up the page this time, the Creative Commons tag which was present at the time when I uploaded the image was missing. So my question is: Is the CC license for the image still valid? And can I take off the {{no source}} template?
By the way, here's proof for my claim — the page still is listed in Google under websites that are "free to use or share, even commercially".-- thunderboltza.k.a.Deepu Joseph |TALK12:14, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


NCRP Continued...[edit]

From NCRP- You told me to email you premission to reuse the text from the organization's website - from an ncrp email - I did. And you still removed the information...I don't understand why the information was removed when I did what you told me to to verify that the information was directly from NCRP?!?! —Preceding unsigned comment added by 141.156.197.40 (talkcontribs)

  • Is this a continuation of the previous query, or a completely different issue? Notinasnaid 13:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • (Or perhaps resuming the discussion from #Naming Your Article? Notinasnaid 13:27, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Yes, it seems like it. Anyways, the above comment by the anon is totally unrelated to my query above. -- thunderboltza.k.a.Deepu Joseph |TALK13:30, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Since this is a collaborative project, you can't expect something that was discussed in one place will necessarily be read by another editor removing copyright violations in good faith - that's the nature of such a big website. You might like to leave a message on the article's talk page until the e-mail can be verified. - Tangotango 13:52, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


link colors[edit]

I notice in some articles some links show up red and some blue. What's the reason for this? What does it mean?

Red links are links to articles that don't exist. Blue links are links to articles that already exist. Light blue links are external and interwiki links. - Tangotango 13:16, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
That red link looked decidedly odd in a diff. ViridaeTalk 13:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


songs[edit]

I'm loking for the answer to a question:

There is a five way tie for the shortest title of a song to make it to number one on the billboard hot 100. Name the songs:

I would really appreciate it with any help. I have been working on this for two days and can't figure it out.

Thank you!

Connie

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. Cheers, Tangotango 14:15, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Free license for pictures of puppets[edit]

I've been told that images of puppets can't be released under free licenses, as their designs are copyrighten. Is there no license or text that I could use to assert that the free license applies only to the photography, and not to the content of the photograph? -- Zanimum 14:43, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

These are just my thoughts, I'm not an expert and not certain of what your question was getting at. This is discussed at Commons:Derivative works. Your image has two copyrights - your free licence, and the copyright of the puppet owner. The puppet owner's copyright will take precedence.
Say for example you took a Cc-by-2.0 photo of Elmo. I think the following text would be ok:
While I took this image and licence it under Cc-by-2.0, it is a derivative work of Elmo and thus copyrighted. It is used in Wikipedia under fair use...<insert fair use template here>
I think having two licensing templates (in this example Cc-by-2.0 and fair use) on the same page would be confusing (the contradictory categories that automatically get added for starters) so have just linked to Cc-by-2.0.
I couldn't find a template that does this sort of thing automatically, but maybe it already exists, or should be created. Wikipedia talk:Image copyright tags could be the place to bring that up.--Commander Keane 16:13, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks all! -- Zanimum 14:31, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Portal[edit]

Hello everyone. I've just made a new portal, its Portal:Indonesia, my home country! yay! So, umm, does anyone know where can I get feedback for the portal? Cause I think its impossible to get it from WP:RFF and WP:PR, also, all Indonesians probably have gone to bed now :P. Cheers -- Imoeng 14:45, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


How to nominate a template for deletion?[edit]

Hi, I'm wondering what the best way to generate a consensus on the value of a given template is...I came across a template that seems to just be fluff to fill out a page, and since it doesn't add any value, I would nominate it for deletion if I knew how. BTW, the template is {{flsr box}} --Thanatosil 15:04, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

You can go to Wikipedia:Templates for deletion for instructions on how to delete templates. However, I would urge you not to bother nominating this one. Most state route projects have implemented a way to browse through state routes numerically, which is what {{flsr box}} does. Florida doesn't have a separate WikiProject, but you might try Wikipedia:WikiProject U.S. Roads if you want to discuss the issue. Powers 15:11, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for the advice! I have trouble believing that people are actually browsing state route after state route numerically in ascending order, but to each his own I guess :) I'll leave it alone, but at least I know about Wikipedia:Templates for deletion now --Thanatosil 15:20, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
You can also click "What Links Here" on the left side of the page and see what pages link to that template. Apparently, a lot of pages use it and that would really factor into a decision on deletion.--NMajdantalk 19:32, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


I have a question[edit]

hey i was wonderin if i could ask the creator of wikipedia what was your inspiration for creating it?

Well, um, you could, but probably he is very busy right now, and tomorrow. Perhaps you can check his userpage and read some of the words there. Take care -- Imoeng 18:10, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Thank you, i'll check :)


I need help finding/putting up an image[edit]

Emily (Funtrivia Freak) asks...
Can someone please explain to me how to find an image, figure out if it's copyrighted, and if not put it up on the Matt Camden page? I need a picture of Barry Watson....
Question transplanted from user's talk page by Commander Keane 16:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Figuring out whether it's copyrighted is easy. If it's less than 50-90 years old it is copyright. Unless it specifically says it isn't. The ideal thing is a photo you took yourself and are prepared to release for anyone to use. Notinasnaid 16:24, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
But I can't take a picture myself. I know people use screenshots all the time, and promo photos of actors. Is there a way to do that? Emily (Funtrivia Freak) 18:30, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
You most likely will need/want to find a promotional photo. Looking at the official website(s) of Barry Watson or Matt Camden may have photos that are labeled under "Media Kit". If you find an image to use, you may upload it here and tag it {{Promophoto}} and/or {{Promotional}}. Also see Fair Use for the restrictions of using photos under this claim and provide the source (URL link) to where you found the image. If you don't have any luck finding a photo, you can use {{Reqphoto}} on the Talk page of the article and maybe someone else will help you find one. You can also look through Wikimedia where all the images there are free use and can be used here without hesitation. Good luck. MECUtalk 13:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Links to diffs[edit]

Kindly pardon the elementary question, but how do I link to a diff? Newyorkbrad 18:13, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

You can copy the URL of the diff from your browser's address bar. Kalani [talk] 18:14, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks. So obviously, but I didn't see it anywhere on the help pages. Of course the follow-up question is, how do I link to a URL? Newyorkbrad 18:33, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
See WP:QUICK, the quick and dirty editor's cheatsheet. :) Short version, surround it with single brackets. [http://en.wikipedia.org/] generates [6], and [http://en.wikipedia.org/ text] generates text. Hope that helps. Luna Santin 18:36, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
It's exactly what I needed; thanks very much for quick responses. Newyorkbrad 18:38, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
I see this convo has already concluded, but I thought I'd chime in. There is also a recently created template ({{Wp-diff}}) that can do this as well. While it lacks information on how to use it, it has four variables: page (name of the page), diff, oldid (id of the old revision), and title (what you want the link to say).--NMajdantalk 19:29, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Image copyright tags[edit]

Referred here by Omegratron:talk. So, I will follow the herd. Here is a copy of my question. Help/explanation needed. - -Let's start with my first uncertainty. I have uploaded images that are by me [such as the ibeji], and looking at that set of tage, one was for an image that the creator permitted to be uploaded by a Wikipedian. I have used that, but questionably, and I cannot find that tag any more. It seems iffy, in that how can the site know that the agreement for another to upload is real? And what should one [I mean 'I'] do in such cases. The creator may not know Wikipedia, have no interest in it, not agree to personally upload, but it is fine with him/her for the image to be there in a valid license. --Dumarest 15:03, 8 August 2006 (UTC) --Dumarest 18:31, 10 August 2006 (UTC)-


External links[edit]

Hi

Could someone advise me as to Wikipedia's position on the following circumstance of whether or not to include an external link on a page?

I wish to add a link on various composer pages to link to http://www.coronostro.com/recordings.htm, so that readers can experience some of the music written by several composers for free. I would place the link at the bottom of the page with something like: "to listen to a free recording of {whatever piece}, performed by Coro Nostro, click here."

Would these links be appropriate?

Thanks for responses.

Cheers, Rob Bobnotts 19:49, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Sure, you can add these links at the bottom of the page under the External Links heading. Example G.He 20:16, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Great, I'll add them soon. Thanks for your help. Bobnotts 20:33, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Reference for formatting of "band" pages?[edit]

I'm trying to locate some kind of reference on the proper way to format a "band" wikipedia page. I'm sure there is some sort of reference page round here, I just can't seem to find it. Any pointers will be appreciated. Thanks in advance.

In my understanding, you want to cite a source, am I right? If so, please take a look at Wikipedia Cite and Wikipedia Footnotes. If not, well, umm.. hahaha, I'm sorry. Okay, take care -- Imoeng 21:17, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you want to find out how to format a certain type of entry, featured articles are always a great source to take a look at. - Mgm|(talk) 21:20, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, WikiProject Music should provide you more detailed information. -- Natalya 21:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Ahh, so I was wrong, sorry. :P Imoeng 21:24, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
No worries! :) Those are also helpful pages. -- Natalya 21:27, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
This is What you want: WikiProject Musicians. I fix up a lot of band pages and this is what I use. Make sure to use their infobox: {{Infobox musical artist}}. The Project itself is inactive but the guidelines they created are good. Also, take cues from already good artist/group pages. I tend to use the Nine Inch Nails page a lot, but search any well known band and chance is someone's put a lot of time into it. --The Talking Sock talk contribs 13:30, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


How to save a "clean" wiki page?[edit]

I would like to use a bunch of wikipedia pages in a project. I have been trying everything I can think of to save an offline copy that works in IE or Firefox. I would like it to look just like online, but I would like to be able to do something to remove some of the stuff that does not make sense on an offline copy. Any tips would be super appreciated!!!!!!

Hmm... there's a link on the left menu below the search bar called "printable version"; this doesn't have the links to other articles in it, but it might be something like you're looking for? -- Natalya 01:42, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

The objective is to look like the normal live page, but without the caveats and other notices, ie: the Peru page.


Adding in new information on people not already listed[edit]

How can I add in new people to your data base? ----

Its your database too! Its everyone's database. If you would like to make a new article, just click this and follow the instructions. You may also need Help:Editing and Help:Tutorial. Happy editing!! Take care -- Imoeng 01:08, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Databases and encyclopedias are not neccesarily similar. Databases may be less discriminatory than encycloepdias (like Wikipedia) about the info they include. Make sure you read WP:BIO to make sure the people in question should be entered. - Mgm|(talk) 09:04, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Dark Room...a different one than listed[edit]

I have tried to start a wikipedia page for the band Dark Room but whenever I do a search on wikipedia it always defaults to "dark room" for photography. I'm wondering how to make it so that the band will also be an option for a reader to choose from. —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Jcunderground (talkcontribs) 03:16, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi, you seem to have created the Dark Room article on top of an active redirect - that is why you are being redirected to Darkroom. [7] To fix this, remove the #REDIRECT... line from the article. By the way, please do note our notability guideline - the band you are writing about may not be "notable" enough for inclusion in Wikipedia, and your article may be deleted (and the redirect to Darkroom restored) if this is the case. Please take a look at Wikipedia:Notability (music) to determine this. Cheers, Tangotango 03:37, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Image copyright query - very old items[edit]

I would like to illustrate some articles with images of ancient/medieval coins, etc. As far as I understand, there can be no copyright on the objects themselves, since they were created long before the concept of copyright even existed. But does copyright subsist in the photographic images of those objects? It would seem odd to me, but I cannot get a straight answer reading the applicable Wkikpedia policy pages. It would seem outlandish to me if someone could own copyright over such an image. Of course, if the photograph was an artistic interpretation of the object, that would be different. But what is the situation for images that are straight representations of the objects photographed? I imagine this would also apply to photographs of old art work (eg Old Masters) as well. Thanks for your advice.--Iacobus 03:17, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

This is probably better suited for Wikipedia:Request for copyright assistance. MECUtalk 13:28, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Adding a Picture to an Article[edit]

I am used to adding a picture,in another wiki, by geting the picture, saving it, saving the link for the page, then d/l it, attribution, adding it to the article. I do not see any thing similar on the page. So if I wanted to find and add a picture, how would I do it?..What are the steps..

happy 03:25, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

The upload page is located at Special:Upload - a link is in the "toolbox" on the left of every page. See Wikipedia:Uploading images for more information. Hope this helps, Tangotango 03:40, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Font question[edit]

I added a heading and contents thus: Major buildings/corporate tenants in its history on the Rockefeller Center page but for some reason it has appeared in a different font. An editor has (quite correctly) criticised it and requested I convert it to adhere to Wikipedia standards but I'm unsure in this instance how to do this. Is there a way also of putting this info in 2 columns down the page? QuantumOne 05:01, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi, this is because there was an extra space at the beginning of every line in the list. The MediaWiki software, which Wikipedia runs on, treats lines starting with a space as a pre-formatted (<pre>, in HTML lingo) section, hence the different font and colour. I've changed your list into a formatted list for now - feel free to change it. Cheers, Tangotango 05:36, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Warnings on User Talk Pages[edit]

I'm wondering what (if anything) should be done about Richardgush's user talk page? It's blatant advertising, the same content found at the Methvin entry (which I've proposed for deletion), but I don't know if we're supposed to propose user talk pages for deletion. Maybe an advert tag or would it be appropriate to add it to Miscellany for deletion? (Reply on my talk page if possible.) Wyatt Riot 06:29, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

I have removed the content in question as it is inappropriate for a user talk page.—WAvegetarian(talk) 06:36, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I've deleted Methvin itself. It was irretrieveable as it stood. -- Zanimum 14:58, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


NUMBEROFPAGES[edit]

Is there any way, without using a bot, to put the number of pages in a category on a page like the {{NUMBEROFPAGES}} tag?

I want it to perform the same function but just for one category.

thank you for any help or information.

The Talking Sock talk contribs 13:22, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

No unfortunately not. I think there is a bot you can request this to be done for you but I cant remember for certain (it might have been another wiki). It would be a useful feature though... --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:35, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I guess you wanted it for the {{Wikification progress}} template from WikiProject Wikify, I have been trying ot figure out a way to do that too - so any other ideas? I am stumped on it too! ;-) --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:37, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I wanted it for that and also for the Task box I made for Wikify and for the Task box for GA. I've seen one project which had a bot to update the articles in their task box so maybe if we found this bot and made a request. I just wish there was something like {{NUMBEROFPAGES|Category}} which would return this number. Oh well, we'll keep looking. --The Talking Sock talk contribs 01:09, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Suits copyrighten?[edit]

Technically, the cut of a suit is a creative work. Any piece of clothing for that matter. So aren't all pictures of living, clothed people on Wikipedia kinda not free, as they're derivative works? Unless of course they're wearing vintage. -- Zanimum 14:33, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Err no because it is a picture of the item. The picture could well be covered with copyright but within reasons photo's of copyrighted material does not have copyright extended to the photo - unless the sole purpose of the photograph is to infringe the copyright status of the item. phew! does that make sense? --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:37, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • It might be if the clothing was the subject of the photograph, but if the person wearing the clothes is the thing being photographed it doesn't work like that. - Mgm|(talk) 16:17, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Learning to Use[edit]

I have two questions: 1) I am trying to decipher the process for enterting references and I am totally confused. My article has been tagged because I have not yet gotten my references posted. Exactly how do I get the little [1] numbers to show and link to my list and enter the references below? Or, is that the proper method. and, 2) I wanted to use my talk page to communicate with the person who tagged my article but when I go to their page it is about other things and when I go to mine it says "no messages have been posted" for me, not from me. Please advise. Angikay2 17:43, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

  1. I believe Wikipedia:Footnotes has the information you need.
  2. Simply go to User talk:Mattisse (this is Mattisse's talk page), click the "+" tab at the top of the screen, and write whatever you want to him\her. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 17:50, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


photo[edit]

Hi - my name is Rachel Distler. I am a photo researcher for a small independant editorial publisher in Boston, MA, USA named Vista Higher Learning. We publish Spanish and French language text books for use in college language courses.

I found a photograph of the Festival Internacional de l Cancion in an article on Wikipedia that I would really like to include in one of our upcoming text books. I am wondering if you can put me in touch with the person who owns the photo, or tell me if it is public property. Did the person who submitted the photographs sign a waiver making the photographs available for others to use?

Thank you for your help!!

sincerely,

Rachel

Rachel Distler Photography Research & Art Buying Vista Higher Learning, Inc. 31 St. James Ave., #1005 <contact info removed to prevent spam etc. >

The person who uploaded the photo has the choice of which licence to put the photo under, or the option to place it in the public domain. Can you provide a link to the photo? —Mets501 (talk) 18:49, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Clicking a photo gets you to the image information page which should tell you who uploaded it and where it came from. - Mgm|(talk) 19:33, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I believe all photos on Wikipedia are licensed for commercial use so you should be able to use it. However, as its been mentioned, you'll need to view the license for that specific photo to see if you have to give the photographer credit and if you're allowed to alter it.--NMajdantalk 20:02, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Just as all photos should be licensed for commercial use, all photos should be licensed to allow modification. The question is whether this particular image is freely licensed or in the public domain, which would make it acceptable for modification and commercial purposes, or is being used under a claim of fair use. Without knowing which image is in question, it's impossible to say. —Bkell (talk) 20:36, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
For what it's worth, I narrowed down the article to Eurovision Song Contest, which is the en.wikipedia equal to the Spanish article, "Festival de la Cancion de Eurovision." Teke 05:49, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Is it possible.....[edit]

...to fix my name? Instead of User:Jakinthebeenstalk I would like it to be User: Jak_Inn_Thee_Been_Stalk. Thank you. User: Jakinthebeenstalk Ps.I is not an l or a 1 it is an )i(.

Well, the easy way to do it would be pipe link it. Example: Jak Inn thee Been Stalk. Other thant that, if you want to just change it, I believe you have to request it. I'll look for that info now. SynergeticMaggot 19:05, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I think you'd want to contact User:Essjay about changing the name. SynergeticMaggot 19:07, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
If you're replacing words with homophones, why not replace stalk with stock? —Bkell (talk) 19:08, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
A much easier solution will be to just create a new account with the name you want. You have made virtually no edits with this account. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 19:07, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Go here: Wikipedia:Changing username.--NMajdantalk 19:59, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


explain the tool for text-compare in wikipedia[edit]

Hello

can you give me a hint?

1) which text-compare utility/algorhithm does wikipedia use, to compare two versions of edited text?

Im told it is a quite good tool to work with.

2) Is there a way i can compare two texts of my own?

Thank you

Erich Bruder, Switzerland bruderich(at)bluewin.ch

Your first question is probably more suitable for the Village Pump (technical), as it deals with the programs and mechanics that most of the people here aren't as familiar with. Good question, though ^^;;
As for your second, you can visit the "my contributions" link that should be located above or to the side (depending on the skin). There should be a link that says "diff" - you can click that to compare it to the last edit before yours. If you have two edits in a row to the same article then it would be comparing your own text. I don't think there's a way to compare your text for two separate articles, though, as then the whole thing would show up as red. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:01, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


WOW! You guys and gals are great![edit]

Could you git rid of the old ugly account? Where could I start editing? What do I Do with my User Page? And where can I go to learn new things??? Questions, Questions Questions. Thank you! I have "Been Inn Thee Stock" for the past few days reading about every thing I could get my hands on about Wikipedia. Well have fun and thanks for the help. Jak

I'm glad you've taken the time to read up, that's the best way to familiarize yourself with editing. Really, you can just dive right in....just be bold. If you have any questions, this Help Desk is a great way to ask and receive fairly prompt attention. If you are interested in getting real-time help, there is an IRC channel, wikipedia-bootcamp, that houses a lot of regulars who would be happy to help you. The web client is located here.
I strongly suggest just going for it - if you make a mistake someone will fix it, and as long as you have good faith you're unlikely to mess anything up too badly. Good luck! —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 20:38, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Source of Images/Image Tags[edit]

I have ome photos of products and product advertising material, screen caps of movies and tv shows, and other images that I have produced myself. I created the images so I am the source, do I just put that as my source information. What kind of tags would be applicable because althought I created the images myself I am sure that doesn't not give me copyright privileges and I shouldn't upload it as "I, the creator of this work....." So how should I tag them? —Preceding unsigned comment added by 70.245.213.60 (talkcontribs)

I'm not sure, but I imagine just tagging on something along the lines of "I have created this image and hereby grant the rights to use it" or some such thing. I bet Wikipedia:Copyright has more specific guidelines. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 20:42, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
You don't own the copyright to these images. Also, you're not really the source, either; you just happened to be the person that created the image file, but you didn't create the content. The copyright holder is the original creator. You can request that the copyright holder release the images under a free license such as the GFDL. Note that getting permission to use the images on Wikipedia is not enough; see Wikipedia:Requesting copyright permission. Alternatively, if you can't contact the copyright holder or if the copyright holder refuses to release the images under a free license, you may be able to use the images on Wikipedia if they qualify for fair use. There is a more-or-less complete list of fair-use copyright tags at Wikipedia:Image copyright tags#Fair use. If you're going to claim fair use, make sure that the use of the images on Wikipedia satisfies all ten points of the Wikipedia fair-use policy.
One more thing: When you make a post on a talk page or a discussion page such as this, you should sign your name with four tildes, like so: ~~~~. —Bkell (talk) 20:47, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Deleting[edit]

Ok, fine, I'll be more specific, I was searching in the search box for some good present ideas for my sis. Then I noticed, whenever I typed in the first letter of the previous search (her present) it came up underneath the first letter. I need to delete that search ASAP. I don't want her to see the searches! Help me please!!!! —Preceding unsigned comment added by 69.134.163.35 (talkcontribs)

This is really more of a browser question than one about editing/using Wikipedia. At any rate, there should be an option somewhere in your preferences to turn that off; it's a feature that allows for quick searching, usually. It would really depend which browser you are using, really. I think this might be more appropriate for the reference desk in the future, anyway ^^;;
P.S.: remember to always sign your comments in discussion pages like this one - just add four tildes to the end like so: ~~~~. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:33, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


anyone know lots about editing entries?[edit]

Hello

I need some help for an article:

looking at the history of edits that you can go check out, how can I see where each person who wrote an edit is from?

although if you look at the minutes it appears as though the edits were written in order, this isn't the case. does anyone know how to know what order the edits were written in? i wish they put the seconds and not just the minutes! i need the precise order.

any help is much appreciated. thanks.

-JADM

Hi JADM - I am sure they are in order, bottom last top first if it matters, or select two entries next to one another and compare to show differences ST47 22:22, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • JADM, the edits are listed in precise order. You cannot figure out where a person is from (where they are located in the world), but sometimes people list their location on their user page. — Reinyday, 03:32, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Easier way to change strings?[edit]

I'm looking for an easier way to change strings in articles. I need to change any pages that link to Inuyasha and change it to InuYasha, although not just specifically that. Suggestions? --Zeno McDohl (talk) 23:00, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Try Auto Wiki Browser. It has a find/replace function built in. You should not, however, just change links simply to bypass a redirect, as it's unnecessary. If Inuyasha is wrong, then changing it is acceptable, though. —Mets501 (talk) 23:17, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Yeah, Inuyasha is wrong. Although there is plenty of dispute. Inuyasha is a redirect page. Thanks, I'll look into AWB. --Zeno McDohl (talk) 23:20, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Let me clarify - if the problem is that the link is to the page Inuyasha, don't change it, since it already redirects to InuYasha and your change will not have a real effect. If the problem is that the text of the link, visible to the user, is Inuyasha, then it's okay to change it to InuYasha. Example: Change [[Inuyasha]] to [[InuYasha]], but don't change [[Inuyasha|some text]] to anything. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 09:27, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


locations of editors[edit]

hello...thanks to the last person who helped me.

now i need to know how do you find out the location of people who post edits. i know they're there somewhere but i can't find 'em...

thanks.

-JADM

Basically, all the users, and all IP's are "registered" in the userspace "Users". If you want to access the talkpage of a specific user, eg. me, you have to go to the page User talk:Bjelleklang. The same applies for other users, including IP-addresses, except you'd have to type in the IP instead of 'Bjelleklang'. Bjelleklang - talk 00:01, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Foreign language links: order[edit]

I'm trying to find a reference to a style policy on the language-links list, but I can't find the right place.

I want to know in what order the list of links to an article in other languages should be kept. Should it be in alphabetical order according to the two-letter ISO code (for example, DE (German) would come before HR (Croatian)), or should it be alphabetical according to the English name of the other languages (Croatian would come before German). Does anyone know what the guideline is? Thanks. EuroSong talk 23:32, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

As far as I know, the order of the links doesn't really matter, as the mediawiki software sorts them by itself. Bjelleklang - talk 00:13, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • They are always placed in alphabetical order. — Reinyday, 03:17, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Order them by the two-letter code. The reason is that people should see which links are included in a quick glance. If you were to do it by their English name you'd have to learn each code by heart which makes no sense. - Mgm|(talk) 08:28, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Reinyday, does your reply mean alphabetically according to code or to English name? That's the whole point of the question.. hehe. I'm rather inclined to believe MacGyverMagic: thanks. Actually I DO know each code by heart.. ;) EuroSong talk 09:51, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Specific citations vs. Article-wide references[edit]

When an article contains a list of references at the end of an article, but no specific citations in the body of an article, under what cases should {{citation needed}} or {{unreferenced}} be added? I'm reading some very long articles that only have one reference listed at the end, and I'm really doubting whether the only source for the article is that one reference. Patiwat 23:44, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

As I see it, an article with only a single reference should contain at least one {{fact}}, as one reference alone is no guarrantee that the article is npov. If you think an article should contain more references, I'd advise you to add {{unreferenced}}, as this would only serve to improve the articles by either having someone add another source, after specifically checking if the current source covers the point litsted, or by removing the sentence. Bjelleklang - talk 00:18, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I don't think {{unreferenced}} should be added to articles with references, even without inline citations. There may be a template which says "This article needs to incorporate inline citation", but if I've seen one I don't remember where.
If you dispute one or more facts in an article with references but no inline citation, I would say that you should feel free to add a {{fact}} to all of them and question them on the talk page. I think Wikipedia:Inline Citation is getting so close to standard - no Featured Article candidate gets away without them, and most Do You Know entries more than a few paragraphs have them - that you shouldn't take "oh, it's somewhere in one of those" as a satisfactory response. However, if there is only one reference, and it's easily searchable online, it may be prudent to check it first. --Sam Blanning(talk) 00:19, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for the tips! Patiwat 22:57, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

August 12[edit]

" requires Windows Media Player 9"[edit]

I put up a link to a website that contains the link to a radio station that plays taiwanese aboriginal music (see the "Modern" section of Taiwanese aborigines). It includes the text " requires Windows Media Player 9". What's the correct way to handle legal issues etc.? Ling.Nut 00:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

  • If you've included the warning that a player is required, that should be fine (as far as I know). — Reinyday, 03:19, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Consused[edit]

There is a page on Jodie Carn that went through fine. There is a page on her mother, Dona Massin that will not go through. Could this please be explained to me.

Thank you.—The preceding unsigned comment was added by Jodie317 (talkcontribs) .

Hi Jodie. From What I can see there is a page on Dona Massin here, and your the main contributor. Please remember that all Wikipedia titles are CaSe SeNsItIvE so "Dona Massin" is not the same as "dona massin". If there is any more troubles, let me know. Thanks --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 01:12, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
(after edit conflict)--Hi Jodie317. I'm really not sure what you mean by "went through". The latter article you mention, Dona Massin is still extant. Are you having trouble accessing it? Editing it? something else?--Fuhghettaboutit 01:13, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Questions on YouTube's Policy on Copyrights[edit]

Ok, here is my question. An anon user and myself have been in a somewhat heated debate and I would like an Admin's response to put this question to rest. On the YouTube page, there is a question on whether including text on how to download videos from the website. If you are unfamiliar with the website, youtube uses an embedded player to play files stored on their servers. While YouTube does not give any information on how to download their files, some people have figured this out by using Third-party software or websites. As it stands YouTube has stated in their website's Terms of Service/Use that such actions are against their policies. Now this Anon user believe that reguardless of this, wikipedia should have information, directly or indirectly, on how to download these videos...which again is against the TOS of YouTube. Their arguement is that 1)if youtube didn't want downloading to occur, they would stream videos 2)downloading any video from YouTube for personal use is ok and 3)Wikipedia should have this information because others would be interested to know how to do this. My arguement is 1)if it is a violation of YouTube's TOS, then including such information on WP could constitute a violation of WP's policy on copyrights 2)Wikipedia is not an instruction guide or 'How To' 3)the anon in question is just pushing this to Make a point.

If I could get an admin to step in and end this discussion (either way) I would be greatful. --Brian (How am I doing?) 02:01, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

I'm not an admin, but I think it might be a good idea to request a comment. I can argue my own point or whatever, but this isn't really the place for that, so a formal proceeding to develop a consensus would be a good idea. Hope that helps a bit.... —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 06:41, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for that. Sorry for dropping this in the wrong section!--Brian (How am I doing?) 06:51, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • I don't agree with your point 1, Brian. It would be a WP violation because it would encourage breaking the law, not copyright, because YouTube doesn't own the copyright on the videos. Besides, they have scores of copyright violation videos stored on their servers. I just reported one a few days ago. It's like taking water to the sea. Most uploaders don't care about copyright, so you end up with violations galore. Downloading the stuff is the least of their worries. - Mgm|(talk) 08:26, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you do deicde to do an RFC, post it here for continuity. Also, I agree with the how-to argument. It may be nice to have a section that states some users download article in violation of the policy, and there have been proven instances of this with users being banned. But to even link to places to get software to do it is a how-to. MECUtalk 12:58, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


etiquette or protocol for suggesting links?[edit]

I am new to Wikipedia (in terms of contributing) but a frequent user for reference. I love the concept.

I am trying to find the accepted protocols for suggesting links. I assume it is bad form to simply edit, adding links to my articles, but I can't figure out how to submit things for review/consideration by other contributors. I can't even figure out who the (main) author is for a given page.

I have reviewed the policies, pillars, guidelines etc., but for the life of me, can't find an answer to this question. Sorry!

I am a food writer and think there are contributions I could offer in a few places. I am respectful of the process and content and will not simply suggest things in naked self-interest.

Also, I don't see much content in terms of food, gastronomy - is there a place I'm not looking where more of this is catalogued?

Thanks in advance, Jacquelinec 02:18, 12 August 2006 (UTC)JacquelineC

Wikipedia:External Links may be what you're looking for. User:Zoe|(talk) 02:33, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Jacquelinec, there isn't necessarily a main editor for an article, but the "history" tab at the top will show you all contributors. Go ahead and add the links you want to. If they are inappropriate, a user will probaly let you know on your talk page. If you want to ask about some specific links, please feel free to leave a message on my talk page, or here. — Reinyday, 03:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Then, if you're ever unsure of whether something would be taken well on the page, the talk page is a good place to suggest your ideas and if there is a general consensus you are welcome to edit it in. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 06:43, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • When you say: "my articles" are you referring to submissions to Wikipedia or stuff you wrote on your own website? In the first case, please take WP:OWN into account. When it's the second case, make sure it is highly relevant to the article. - Mgm|(talk) 08:19, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you'd like more opinions on a subject, see peer review. It's a way to garner outside information. Once you go through peer review, and feel the article meets the standards, you can submit for Good Article which will definately provide you with feed back. After Good Article, there's Featured Article which all articles aspire to, but few make to. MECUtalk 12:50, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I'd cut through all the complications of the replies above and say to you just go ahead and add your links or edits. I'm an experienced editor and that's what I do. There's no need to ask anybody about them (unless you want to) and if they are poor then someone will revert them or correct them. Good luck, have fun - Adrian Pingstone 19:29, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


technical difficulties[edit]

I can't edit articles since wednesday and always encounter with a page which says:

"The Wikimedia Foundation servers are currently experiencing technical difficulties. The problem is most likely temporary and will hopefully be fixed soon. Please check back in a few minutes."

Do you know what has happened and when the problem will be removed? Thanks.--Sa.vakilian 03:34, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

  • That message pops up from time to time. Try hitting the back button and resubmitting your changes after a minute. You were able to post this question, so you will be able to edit articles. — Reinyday, 03:38, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


define sugar and sugar product[edit]

sugar and sugar product answer pls. —Preceding unsigned comment added by 124.106.215.75 (talkcontribs)

I think this question would be more appropriate for the reference desk, don't you? However, as far as I know, "sugar" is defined as any chemical with a Empirical formula of C(1)H2O(1)Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 06:45, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • No. Make that CnH2nOn. The way you wrote it makes it look like it's always 2 hydrogen instead of twice as many as the other atoms. - Mgm|(talk) 08:17, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank goodness this isn't the reference desk, since there are so many mistakes in your replies. Mgm's correction isn't correct, since Keakealani specifically mentioned this is the empirical formula. This empirical formula is certainly not the definition of a sugar (formaldehyde is not generally taken to be a sugar, and CHOH=CHOH is certainly not one!) and is not even the correct formula - It may be true for most monosaccharides, but is not accurate for more complex sugars. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 09:14, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Empty Cells in a wikitable template[edit]

I'm trying to create a List of Television episodes using the Template:Episode list but empty cells are being ignored so rows with differing empty cells don't align correctly. An attempt is here. Do I need to fix the template itself or add something to my table or is it just a problem with the wiki software? - Peregrinefisher 05:03, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

You can work out an elaborate solution, or just pop &nbsp; (a forced space character) into the empty cells. Guess which one I'm recommending for now? ;) Luna Santin 05:08, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Gary Swann- Footballers in England[edit]

Hi I have recently entered an article about former english footballer Gary Swann.He played for Hull City,Preston North End,York City and Scarborough.The problem is that i cant seem to put the article in the correct category.He should be listed with all the clubs he played for but he isnt as i dont know how to do it.Can you help and let me know what to do in future as i have other former players i would like to enter also.Regards Kevin Doctor Jimmy 06:44, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

There's two steps, here -- first, figure out the categories you want to add him to, and second, add him into the categories. Adding an article into a category is pretty simple -- go ahead and click the edit link for any featured article and head to the very bottom of the page, and you should see the categories. Hope that helps. :) If you need anything else, don't hesitate to ask. Luna Santin 07:09, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Also check out [8]--Commander Keane 07:14, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Accessing archives[edit]

How can I obtain a copy of an archive of a deleted article? I just contributed a new article Dove Foundation, and then discovered that there was a previous article that had been deleted. I read the discussion and am quite certain that the new article doesn't have the same problems as the deleted one, but I'd still like to see the old one to see if there is useful information there that I'm missing, references, etc.

Ccrrccrr 12:16, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

It sounds like you've already seen this page: Wikipedia:Articles for deletion/Dove Foundation. If not, it was determined there wasn't enough noteability for that article to be included in Wikipedia. I read the current page, and as-is, there still isn't enough to support noteability. It just sounds like some random company that hasn't done anything special or important. I won't list it to give you a chance to add info though. MECUtalk 12:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Thanks for your helpful and lenient review. I'll add more to support noteability, and review the guidelines to ensure I think it does qualify for noteability. But my question remains unanswered: is there a way I can obtain the archive of the deleted article? Ccrrccrr 12:44, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Basically, only admins have access to deleted pages. Since Xezbeth is the one who performed the deletion of the page, you may want to contact him and request to view it. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 12:47, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Copyright question regarding image from 52 years ago[edit]

Is Image:Vista-vision.jpg now in the public domain? It is publicity artwork used by Paramount more than 50 years ago. I ask because the image was removed from the article CamelCase. --Mathew5000 13:10, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

It is not in the public domain, it applies under Fair Use. However, legal and Wikipedia restrictions govern the usage of such images dictate how and where images that are used under this legal allowance. In the article it was removed from, it most certainly did not apply under fair use. If the article was about Vista vision, the image would certainly apply, but not an article about fonts. MECUtalk 13:16, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
50 years isn't usually enough for public domain. Wikipedia:Public domain talks about it, and this site indicates that in 95 years it will be public domain (I'm making assumptions). There is also a possible problem of the logo, I'm not sure how copyright would apply to that. But no, it is not in the public domain.--Commander Keane 13:30, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I think you are mistaken. According to Circular 15a of the US Copyright Office, works originally published in the 1950s had a copyright term of only 28 years. So the image in question, apparently from 1954, would have entered the public domain on 1983-01-01. The only exception is if the copyright owner renewed the copyright registration in 1982, but there is no reason to think that Paramount would have gone to the trouble and expense of renewing the copyright registration for old advertising artwork relating to a film format it had long since abandoned. --Mathew5000 17:47, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I just did a copyright search [9] for VistaVision and, if I'm reading this right, Paramount did renew the copyright as of January 6, 1983. It's generally safest to expect that a corporation will renew copyright registrations. Even though the film format is abandoned they may still get some licensing revenue for use of the logo or at least PR value by being able to require terms of use when they license the logo. Brian 18:16, 12 August 2006 (UTC)btball
Do you mean Registration No. RE-162-004? That looks to me like a copyright registration for a piece of music ("Vistavision theme"), not an image.--Mathew5000 18:38, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Yes, that's the one I found. Sorry, I should have included the registration number to make it easier for others to follow my tracks. The title says "Vistavision theme (Paramount seal) Music: N. L. VanCleave", so I think they protected the entire theme including the image (seal) and the music - which would mean that the image alone would also be protected. There's no way for me to tell for sure without getting the entire application, which so far I've not been able to find without paying a fee :-( - so you may well be right. I'd err on the side of caution though. If we really need to find out there are two ways to do it - someone can write to Paramount (I'll not volunteer for that) or we can find the full copyright application (I may poke around a bit more to see if I can find the full application). Thanks, Brian 18:50, 12 August 2006 (UTC)btball


am a system engr[edit]

my name is hafiz onike, am from nigeria , am 22 years old, am into system engr looking for assistance i searched for blacks that can help&i found yur site,plz if u can assist in any way plz u can mobile no (removed number) am a frauder& or scamer, am just looking for help. i know u people who help me. god bless u all as yu reply me hafiz onike lagos nigeria.--82.128.6.209 13:52, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

I can't tell what your question is. Please ask a definite question - Adrian Pingstone 19:17, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Userbox query[edit]

Hey everyone! Recently I created Template:User WPIndonesia for WikiProject Indonesia's userbox. My question is, based on the image explanation, the image ([[Image:Coat of Indonesia.png]]) has green copyright (its not really clear), but on the Userbox policy, I can't use any image with copyright. So can I use that, with green copyright image? Cheers -- Imoeng 14:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

I believe you can use that image, since the copyright holder states that you can use it with attribution. You certainly can use (free) images in userboxes, many have them. I think you might be confusing that you cannot use fair use images in userboxes. That is definitely wrong. MECUtalk 15:13, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you very much, now I can go to bed, hahahah. Cheers again, take care -- Imoeng 15:23, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


how to get an own article.[edit]

Hey, i couldnt find an ordinary question ask spot, so il ask here, what are the criteria to get an own page? (a real one, no USER:) For my father, Mike Barson has one. Thanks allredy for an answer! Timothy Barson.

Your father must meet the notability requirements set by Wikipedia. If your father does not meet these standards, and you create the article, it will probably be deleted. So go through that page first and determine if he meets requirements.--NMajdantalk 16:21, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, User:Dlohcierekim answered Timothy on his (Timothy's) talk page as well.Brian 17:46, 12 August 2006 (UTC)btball


watching my page[edit]

how do i keep my page from being deleted

What page are you referring to? An article you created? A user page?--NMajdantalk 16:27, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


help[edit]

im trying to find oriental writing symbols...something that means raven...can youhelp?

Try asking at Wikipedia:Reference desk/Language. --Mathew5000 18:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


adding exterminal link[edit]

−Hi, We are attempting to add an external link to the Tibetan White Crane page: www.whitecranegungfu.com White Crane Gung Fu - SF We cannot get it to work... Please advise. Thank you. Linda A. RochaWhitecrane 19:21, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

What you would want to do is:

[http://example.com example]

which would turn out like:

example.

But please read the policy on WP:EL and remember that wikipedia is anot an external linkfarm. GeorgeMoney (talk) 19:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Question[edit]

I put a proposed first contribution in a sandbox, did the necessary editing, but could not find any way to send it or post it. So I clicked save! Where do I go next? Despite its beauty, the site is extremely confusing for the contributor. There are lots of options but no clear-cut action.

Now I don't even know how to get this message to you!!

H a s s a nAbogalambo 20:46, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

See Wikipedia:Your first article and then Help:Starting a new page. --Hetar 21:06, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

  • More information provided on user's talk page. — Reinyday, 00:49, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Edit counts[edit]

I used an edit counter(Essjay's)and It said I had made 8 edits to my user page, 8 to my talk page 8 to main (what is main?) And 4 to wikipedia. What are ment by all of those terms? I know I have made More than 4 edits to wikipedia. so please explain this.

Thank you,

--Jak 21:32, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Differet types of pages on Wikipedia are kept in different "spaces". User space are userpage, which are designated as "User:". User talk pages are at "User talk:". The main space is also known as the article space, which is where all the articles on Wikipedia are kept, and they have no pre-name designation. Wikipedia space is at all the pages marked "Wikipedia:". For example, the Help Desk, located at Wikipedia:Help Desk is in the Wikipedia space. Hopefully that makes some sense. -- Natalya 21:41, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Thank you for the explanation. I look foward to asking another question. --Jak 22:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

You also don't need to indent your "signature" with all those :'s and with two lines. Just add it to the end of what you type. It will save space. MECUtalk 22:44, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • I like that signature. It's unique. — Reinyday, 00:26, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


WP porn external link[edit]

Is it acceptable for an article to link to a website which has ads for porn in its sidebar? I'm thinking of www.outrate.net/default.htm, which is currently listed as an external link at List of lesbian, gay, bisexual or transgender-related films. Dev920 01:10, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Wikipedia is not censored for minors, so I don't see why not.. as long as its only ad's.. and doesn't make the article become un-encyclopediac :) --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 01:14, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Edit Help[edit]

Greetings,

I am trying to add a section entitled "No. 1 hit singles" to the page entitled "1949 In Music" I have copied the same format that was used for 1950 and then edited it for 1949. When I click priview, the entire section comes up just as it should. But when I click save, only the heading and the introductory line appear. Please help.

Chuck Ford

Editing Help[edit]

Greetings,

I wrote you concerning a problem with editing a page but have solved the problem. Thanks anyway.

Chuck Ford

Seems ok now. Ether your viewing it was messed up (can happen) or someone else got to it and fixed it. --Bky1701 05:44, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

RE the preceding topic about footnotes, e.g. Grenadier Guards[edit]

I think I've got this straight. Do I do the "References" section using Citation Templates - WP:CITET - ? And do I use <ref> and </ref> tags within the text, containing between them the footnote, followed by a Notes section with <references/> for "Footnotes"? as described at WP:FN

  • Please confirm that my understanding of this is correct. Thanks for your forbearance. It's a steep learning curve. -- FClef (Talk) 02:13, 14 July 2006 (UTC)
    • Sounds about right. You can think about it as two independent issues. When you place something between <ref> and </ref> tags in the text, cite.php will move whatever you put there to where the <references/> tag is. Because you're using this for footnotes, you'd put that <references/> tag in a Footnotes or References section at the end of the article. The {{cite}} templates just make it easy to format your whatever as a standard bibliographic form...it's unrelated to the cite.php mechanism. DMacks 08:25, 14 July 2006 (UTC)
      • Thanks for clarification. -- FClef (Talk) 00:59, 19 July 2006 (UTC)


==, and ===, and ==== seem to be working fine. --Hetar 06:30, 18 July 2006 (UTC)

Actually, there are places where first level heading are used. In fact, you're looking at one right now. The help desk and similiar pages use them for the day header (like the "July 17" header above). -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 08:35, 18 July 2006 (UTC)
Oh I see, thanks.JianLi 18:07, 18 July 2006 (UTC)


==Section 1== and ==Section 2==. Subsections have ===, and your Table of Contents is automatic. Regards, --Wslack 01:21, 19 July 2006 (UTC)

Still bad[edit]

It Was off and I turned it on and it still did not work.

I just will stop trying and stay with my original sig.

If it does not not work I will either Quit or give you my password.

I copied Viridae's code but the color still does not work.

--QhoTalk 00:37, 30 July 2006 (UTC)

  • Try this: <font color="#669999">[[User:Qho|Qho]]</font>·<sup>[[User talk:Qho|(talk)]]</sup> Luna Santin 00:44, 30 July 2006 (UTC)

And how the HEHA doi add user (contribs)?

Maybe I shall copy mine from someone else.(Copy and paste)

Luna thanks it mostly works now. --Qho·(talk) 00:50, 30 July 2006 (UTC)

  • Ah, good. :) The wikilink for your contribs would be [[Special:Contributions/Qho]], formatted however you're looking for. Luna Santin 00:51, 30 July 2006 (UTC)


That Is So Wiki Cool[edit]

Thanks so much.

Mucho Grasia.

Is it Okay To copy this to my archives??

--Qho·(talk)·(contribs) 01:12, 30 July 2006 (UTC)

  • Yes, you can copy this to your userspace. — Reinyday, 01:05, 30 July 2006 (UTC)


==References== section, in a suitable citation style - e.g. books should include author, title, publisher and ISBN number, websites should include a link to the exact page. See WP:CITE. Even better is if you can use Wikipedia:Inline citation so that each paragraph or fact in the article has a footnote which links to the source you got it from. However, Cite.php, the code used to do this, is a bit on the arcane side, and you might have to spend a while looking at the instructions and at examples (try any of our recent featured articles of the day). Hope this helps. --Sam Blanning(talk) 00:06, 7 August 2006 (UTC)


Fraternity Secrets[edit]

I've noticed that someone has added things that were Private to the Phi Kappa Tau page. Someone has gone and removed those from the current revision but they can still be seen in the history. Can you get an Admin or someone to remove them? I know how it's been done in the past with people's addresses. Please contact me via My Talk page. Thanks! --Twintone 14:57, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Isn't the simple answer that once something appears on the internet it's no longer secret or private. I've just been to the history and checked out the information as I'm sure many others will after you gained our attention about the matter. --Charlesknight 15:03, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Yep, and I just called and told ten of my best friends, who are calling ten of their best friends...and so on... :) --MichaelZimmer (talk) 15:04, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

Could be a psy-op - we all learn the incorrect password thinking we have learnt a secret and it actually turns out to be a fake so they can identity us! :) --Charlesknight 15:10, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

I'm sure if someone really wanted to know this information they would be able to find it. I just don't think Wikipedia is really the right place to devulge any private information. --Twintone 21:13, 7 August 2006 (UTC)

If ΦΚΤ considers the information "secret," by definition it is unverifiable even if true and thus unsuitable for publication at Wikipedia.-choster 16:10, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

What if the same source is used twice?[edit]

In the same article, i.e. chemical thermodynamics, I have used the same source twice. How do I keep it from duplicating in the reference section? Can you help? Thanks:--Sadi Carnot 16:31, 8 August 2006 (UTC)

  • The first time you use <ref> add name=something like <ref name="chem jour 2.03">. Continue as normal and end with </ref>. The next time, use <ref name="chem jour 2.03"/> all by itself. Notice the extra / at the end. There is no </ref> in the second case. Notinasnaid 18:33, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
I tried but I'm still confused? Can someone do the switch for me in chemical thermodynamics so that I can see how it's done. It seems like Notinasnaid is suggesting the "old" reference format whereas I'm trying to learn the "new" reference format. Thanks if you can help: --Sadi Carnot 19:51, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Tada, done for you! If you need an in-depth explanation please let me know on my talk page --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 19:56, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
I may be wrong, but I think < ref > is the new reference format. Take a look at what was done to the article: this comparison may be especially helpful: http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Chemical_thermodynamics&diff=68462671&oldid=68428351 Notinasnaid 19:58, 8 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks everyone for the help. Later:--Sadi Carnot 14:08, 9 August 2006 (UTC)


Creating a userpage as an anon[edit]

Hello, how I can I have a userpage created as an IP editor? I have submitted it to Articles for creation but it was deleted without comment, so I presume that was not the place. So where should I make that request? Thanks. --67.169.212.172 07:12, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

as far as i know.. u can't have a userpage, because you share the IP with many other ppl, therefore, u have no real "right" to a userpage. Take alook at Special:Userlogin, and make an account today! :) --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 07:15, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
You don't need to request it: Just click on the link to your IP user page and create it. There are a lot of reasons why you should register, and I definitely encourage you to do so, but if you want to have a userpage as an IP editor, then that's fine. --Emufarmers(T/C) 07:17, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Edit conflict: IP sharing shouldn't be a problem unless it's a dynamic IP. --Emufarmers(T/C) 07:17, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Anonymous users cannot have user pages. One of the benefits of registering an account is havin your own user page that you can customize, so I suggest you register an account. For more compelling reasons as to why you should register an account, read Wikipedia:Why create an account?. Cheers, Tangotango 07:20, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Oh, yes, anons can't create new pages. My bad, then; registering is certainly the best option, although if you stay an IP, you could nominally substitute your talk page, a la 68.39.174.238. I wouldn't recommend it unless there's a real reason you can't register, though. --Emufarmers(T/C) 07:34, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for your quick replies everyone. I noticed that User:216.237.179.238 appears to have requested his user page be created, per its talk page.--67.169.212.172 09:53, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
By the way, while I only vaguly understand how Ip addressing etc. works, it appears that my IP dosen`t change every minute, since my first edit on this Ip was July 5th, per my contributions page.--67.169.212.172 09:59, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
But really, if you are serious enough about Wikipedia to want a user page, why on earth don't you just register? (Rightly or wrongly) your edits will carry more respect. Do you have some security concerns? Notinasnaid 10:30, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Please register for an account on Wikipedia. It just takes 15-30 seconds, and no e-mail address is required - your IP will be hidden, thus increasing your privacy. Many features, such as uploading images, are restricted to registered users. These measures are to prevent abuse as many anonymous users vandalise. Many Wikipedians, such as myself, have formed the impression of anonymous users as vandals, so you should register if you wish to contribute further to Wikipedia. There are many other problems with anonymous users, particularly shared IPs. Registering will make it easier to contact you and will help you build your reputation. If you won't register to contribute, what you wish to contribute probably isn't worth much anyway. --J.L.W.S. The Special One 10:42, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
I don't agree with the last statement. Anonymous contributions are as important as those by registered users, and many people with a strong understanding of various subjects either choose to contribute anonymously, or don't know to register, but still end up making great contributions to Wikipedia. Registered users also vandalize Wikipedia, and sometimes it is more difficult to figure this out because they are registered. By no means is there a clear-cut anonymous = vandal, registered = trusted distinction. - Tangotango 17:02, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
Well said. Or as another user put it, a good edit is a good edit, no matter who made it. So, how can I create a usepage as an anon? Thanks. 67.169.212.172 06:41, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
You can't. You have to register an account to do that. :) - Tangotango 06:44, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Some have, perhaps indirecly, through registered users. See User:216.237.179.238(as mentioned above), and also User:69.179.138.158. Cheers,User:67.169.212.172 07:13, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Changing edit summary[edit]

Can admins or bureaucrats go back and modify the edit summary? Lincher 12:45, 9 August 2006 (UTC)

Interesting question. No they can't, however in exceptional circumstances they can remove a version edit and the edit summary (or at lest hide it from any non-admins). Why? is there something you need removed? --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 12:49, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
I imagine the situation about which Lincher writes isn't a simple one, but a dummy edit may be used where one inadvertently omits an edit summary or unintentionally misstates the content of his edit... Joe 17:53, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
No. The real reason behind this is that there is a need for edit summary to keep track of different things on the Good articles' project and for this it would be soooooooo useful to be able to change the edit summary of users that don't bother to add edit summaries. It would thus be really necessary to have such a feature for projects like GA or FA to better keeping track of edits. Lincher 14:31, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Too Many Errors[edit]

Why are you listed at the top of so many search engines on so many subjects, as you have so many, many inaccuracies?

Being a professional researcher, I write for a major syndicate, and hold a couple "Trivia" Guinness World Records.

Seems everytime I look at your articles, there's error after error. Quite candidly, I cannot count on you for accuracies.

My fear is there's many of your readers taking what you say as being factual.

Sorry, as I'm just venting, and in my position I cannot trust any of your pages.

I do wish you all the best, as you've a great concept.

Sincerely,


Wilson Casey,

(email removed to protect from spam)

I think this is less of a problem than you think - although you have ot remember when using wikipedia as a resource that it is not written by experts in particular. If you have spotted so many errors why not correct them? That way you can contribute too. I think it is unfair to say Wikipedia cannot be trusted! --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:50, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
  • A recent Nature study showed Britannica isn't much better. Any website, book, encyclopedia, etc is susceptible to errors. As professional researcher you should know not to trust a single source. If you look something up in Wikipedia, you should always evaluate its source. - Mgm|(talk) 16:27, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
  • The question is an interesting one. Wikipedia certainly isn't 100% accurate, but can you suggest an alternative way that a search engine could guarantee 100% accuracy? Wikipedia is the internet in microcosm, but overall, more accurate. Notinasnaid 17:46, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Not to mention, if you happen to know that something is inaccurate, you can fix it up yourself, so that at least no-one else will fall upon the false information (just make sure that what you are putting up is indeed correct, of course, and it always helps if you can cite a reliable source to back you up). Confusing Manifestation 14:52, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you would fix and improve articles, there would be far fewer inaccuracies. — Reinyday, 20:48, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


reset password[edit]

I thought I had created an account with a username that I commonly use elsewhere. When I tried to access the account with that account name, I found that I did not have the proper password. Accordingly, I used the "Reset Password" feature. When I checked my email, I found no message. Therefore I am afraid I reset someone else's password. Is there any way to inform Wikipedia that the rightful owner of that username did not request a new password so that he/she isn't surprised that a new password is suddenly required?

The only way Wikipedia can contact you is through your email. And because of this, I want to ask you, did you enter your email adress at the beginning of the registration? That is probably the missing thing. Take care -- Imoeng 22:49, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
You cannot accidentally reset anyone else's password (or even your own really). The reset password feature allows both the old and new passwords to work, so no one will be inconvenienced.--Commander Keane 14:39, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Deletion[edit]

Can I delete the part I've contributed ? Because I'm unhappy to be told arrogantly by wikipedia's editors what can be added and what can't , and being insulted as "racist" "uncivil" etc. That's why I want to take off what I have contributed. I will be carefull not to touch anything else. If wikipedia can do that automatically, that will be great. I don't what to contribute with these "civilized" editors. —Preceding unsigned comment added by 69.192.19.59 (talkcontribs)

  • You may go to any article and remove your contirubtion, but other editors may add it back. When you edit the Wikipedia, the edit page says, "You agree to license your contributions under the GFDL." so your contributions are licensed as such as soon as you make them. — Reinyday, 22:05, 9 August 2006 (UTC)
  • This means you can't retract your permission. You shouldn't want to anyway just because of a few nasty people. This is a large project and there's bound to be a few people trying to mess things up as with any large project. Try reporting them instead. - Mgm|(talk) 20:20, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Copyright issues[edit]

Hmm...I'm not sure if this is where this belongs, but anyways..
I recently uploaded an image Image:Ayurveda_oil.jpg from this site. However, I hadn't provided the exact URL of the page at http://www.we-make-money-not-art.com, from where the image was taken. So Abu badali (talk · contribs) sent me a message, asking for the specific URL. He also dutifully tagged the image as {{no source}}. I immediately complied with the request and provided the correct link. However when I looked up the page this time, the Creative Commons tag which was present at the time when I uploaded the image was missing. So my question is: Is the CC license for the image still valid? And can I take off the {{no source}} template?
By the way, here's proof for my claim — the page still is listed in Google under websites that are "free to use or share, even commercially".-- thunderboltza.k.a.Deepu Joseph |TALK12:14, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


NCRP Continued...[edit]

From NCRP- You told me to email you premission to reuse the text from the organization's website - from an ncrp email - I did. And you still removed the information...I don't understand why the information was removed when I did what you told me to to verify that the information was directly from NCRP?!?! —Preceding unsigned comment added by 141.156.197.40 (talkcontribs)

  • Is this a continuation of the previous query, or a completely different issue? Notinasnaid 13:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • (Or perhaps resuming the discussion from #Naming Your Article? Notinasnaid 13:27, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Yes, it seems like it. Anyways, the above comment by the anon is totally unrelated to my query above. -- thunderboltza.k.a.Deepu Joseph |TALK13:30, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Since this is a collaborative project, you can't expect something that was discussed in one place will necessarily be read by another editor removing copyright violations in good faith - that's the nature of such a big website. You might like to leave a message on the article's talk page until the e-mail can be verified. - Tangotango 13:52, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


link colors[edit]

I notice in some articles some links show up red and some blue. What's the reason for this? What does it mean?

Red links are links to articles that don't exist. Blue links are links to articles that already exist. Light blue links are external and interwiki links. - Tangotango 13:16, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
That red link looked decidedly odd in a diff. ViridaeTalk 13:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


songs[edit]

I'm loking for the answer to a question:

There is a five way tie for the shortest title of a song to make it to number one on the billboard hot 100. Name the songs:

I would really appreciate it with any help. I have been working on this for two days and can't figure it out.

Thank you!

Connie

Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. Cheers, Tangotango 14:15, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Free license for pictures of puppets[edit]

I've been told that images of puppets can't be released under free licenses, as their designs are copyrighten. Is there no license or text that I could use to assert that the free license applies only to the photography, and not to the content of the photograph? -- Zanimum 14:43, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

These are just my thoughts, I'm not an expert and not certain of what your question was getting at. This is discussed at Commons:Derivative works. Your image has two copyrights - your free licence, and the copyright of the puppet owner. The puppet owner's copyright will take precedence.
Say for example you took a Cc-by-2.0 photo of Elmo. I think the following text would be ok:
While I took this image and licence it under Cc-by-2.0, it is a derivative work of Elmo and thus copyrighted. It is used in Wikipedia under fair use...<insert fair use template here>
I think having two licensing templates (in this example Cc-by-2.0 and fair use) on the same page would be confusing (the contradictory categories that automatically get added for starters) so have just linked to Cc-by-2.0.
I couldn't find a template that does this sort of thing automatically, but maybe it already exists, or should be created. Wikipedia talk:Image copyright tags could be the place to bring that up.--Commander Keane 16:13, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks all! -- Zanimum 14:31, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Portal[edit]

Hello everyone. I've just made a new portal, its Portal:Indonesia, my home country! yay! So, umm, does anyone know where can I get feedback for the portal? Cause I think its impossible to get it from WP:RFF and WP:PR, also, all Indonesians probably have gone to bed now :P. Cheers -- Imoeng 14:45, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


How to nominate a template for deletion?[edit]

Hi, I'm wondering what the best way to generate a consensus on the value of a given template is...I came across a template that seems to just be fluff to fill out a page, and since it doesn't add any value, I would nominate it for deletion if I knew how. BTW, the template is {{flsr box}} --Thanatosil 15:04, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

You can go to Wikipedia:Templates for deletion for instructions on how to delete templates. However, I would urge you not to bother nominating this one. Most state route projects have implemented a way to browse through state routes numerically, which is what {{flsr box}} does. Florida doesn't have a separate WikiProject, but you might try Wikipedia:WikiProject U.S. Roads if you want to discuss the issue. Powers 15:11, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for the advice! I have trouble believing that people are actually browsing state route after state route numerically in ascending order, but to each his own I guess :) I'll leave it alone, but at least I know about Wikipedia:Templates for deletion now --Thanatosil 15:20, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
You can also click "What Links Here" on the left side of the page and see what pages link to that template. Apparently, a lot of pages use it and that would really factor into a decision on deletion.--NMajdantalk 19:32, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


I have a question[edit]

hey i was wonderin if i could ask the creator of wikipedia what was your inspiration for creating it?

Well, um, you could, but probably he is very busy right now, and tomorrow. Perhaps you can check his userpage and read some of the words there. Take care -- Imoeng 18:10, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Thank you, i'll check :)


I need help finding/putting up an image[edit]

Emily (Funtrivia Freak) asks...
Can someone please explain to me how to find an image, figure out if it's copyrighted, and if not put it up on the Matt Camden page? I need a picture of Barry Watson....
Question transplanted from user's talk page by Commander Keane 16:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Figuring out whether it's copyrighted is easy. If it's less than 50-90 years old it is copyright. Unless it specifically says it isn't. The ideal thing is a photo you took yourself and are prepared to release for anyone to use. Notinasnaid 16:24, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
But I can't take a picture myself. I know people use screenshots all the time, and promo photos of actors. Is there a way to do that? Emily (Funtrivia Freak) 18:30, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
You most likely will need/want to find a promotional photo. Looking at the official website(s) of Barry Watson or Matt Camden may have photos that are labeled under "Media Kit". If you find an image to use, you may upload it here and tag it {{Promophoto}} and/or {{Promotional}}. Also see Fair Use for the restrictions of using photos under this claim and provide the source (URL link) to where you found the image. If you don't have any luck finding a photo, you can use {{Reqphoto}} on the Talk page of the article and maybe someone else will help you find one. You can also look through Wikimedia where all the images there are free use and can be used here without hesitation. Good luck. MECUtalk 13:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Links to diffs[edit]

Kindly pardon the elementary question, but how do I link to a diff? Newyorkbrad 18:13, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

You can copy the URL of the diff from your browser's address bar. Kalani [talk] 18:14, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks. So obviously, but I didn't see it anywhere on the help pages. Of course the follow-up question is, how do I link to a URL? Newyorkbrad 18:33, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
See WP:QUICK, the quick and dirty editor's cheatsheet. :) Short version, surround it with single brackets. [http://en.wikipedia.org/] generates [10], and [http://en.wikipedia.org/ text] generates text. Hope that helps. Luna Santin 18:36, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
It's exactly what I needed; thanks very much for quick responses. Newyorkbrad 18:38, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
I see this convo has already concluded, but I thought I'd chime in. There is also a recently created template ({{Wp-diff}}) that can do this as well. While it lacks information on how to use it, it has four variables: page (name of the page), diff, oldid (id of the old revision), and title (what you want the link to say).--NMajdantalk 19:29, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Image copyright tags[edit]

Referred here by Omegratron:talk. So, I will follow the herd. Here is a copy of my question. Help/explanation needed. - -Let's start with my first uncertainty. I have uploaded images that are by me [such as the ibeji], and looking at that set of tage, one was for an image that the creator permitted to be uploaded by a Wikipedian. I have used that, but questionably, and I cannot find that tag any more. It seems iffy, in that how can the site know that the agreement for another to upload is real? And what should one [I mean 'I'] do in such cases. The creator may not know Wikipedia, have no interest in it, not agree to personally upload, but it is fine with him/her for the image to be there in a valid license. --Dumarest 15:03, 8 August 2006 (UTC) --Dumarest 18:31, 10 August 2006 (UTC)-


External links[edit]

Hi

Could someone advise me as to Wikipedia's position on the following circumstance of whether or not to include an external link on a page?

I wish to add a link on various composer pages to link to http://www.coronostro.com/recordings.htm, so that readers can experience some of the music written by several composers for free. I would place the link at the bottom of the page with something like: "to listen to a free recording of {whatever piece}, performed by Coro Nostro, click here."

Would these links be appropriate?

Thanks for responses.

Cheers, Rob Bobnotts 19:49, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Sure, you can add these links at the bottom of the page under the External Links heading. Example G.He 20:16, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Great, I'll add them soon. Thanks for your help. Bobnotts 20:33, 10 August 2006 (UTC)


Reference for formatting of "band" pages?[edit]

I'm trying to locate some kind of reference on the proper way to format a "band" wikipedia page. I'm sure there is some sort of reference page round here, I just can't seem to find it. Any pointers will be appreciated. Thanks in advance.

In my understanding, you want to cite a source, am I right? If so, please take a look at Wikipedia Cite and Wikipedia Footnotes. If not, well, umm.. hahaha, I'm sorry. Okay, take care -- Imoeng 21:17, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you want to find out how to format a certain type of entry, featured articles are always a great source to take a look at. - Mgm|(talk) 21:20, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, WikiProject Music should provide you more detailed information. -- Natalya 21:21, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Ahh, so I was wrong, sorry. :P Imoeng 21:24, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
No worries! :) Those are also helpful pages. -- Natalya 21:27, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
This is What you want: WikiProject Musicians. I fix up a lot of band pages and this is what I use. Make sure to use their infobox: {{Infobox musical artist}}. The Project itself is inactive but the guidelines they created are good. Also, take cues from already good artist/group pages. I tend to use the Nine Inch Nails page a lot, but search any well known band and chance is someone's put a lot of time into it. --The Talking Sock talk contribs 13:30, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


How to save a "clean" wiki page?[edit]

I would like to use a bunch of wikipedia pages in a project. I have been trying everything I can think of to save an offline copy that works in IE or Firefox. I would like it to look just like online, but I would like to be able to do something to remove some of the stuff that does not make sense on an offline copy. Any tips would be super appreciated!!!!!!

Hmm... there's a link on the left menu below the search bar called "printable version"; this doesn't have the links to other articles in it, but it might be something like you're looking for? -- Natalya 01:42, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

The objective is to look like the normal live page, but without the caveats and other notices, ie: the Peru page.


Adding in new information on people not already listed[edit]

How can I add in new people to your data base? ----

Its your database too! Its everyone's database. If you would like to make a new article, just click this and follow the instructions. You may also need Help:Editing and Help:Tutorial. Happy editing!! Take care -- Imoeng 01:08, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Databases and encyclopedias are not neccesarily similar. Databases may be less discriminatory than encycloepdias (like Wikipedia) about the info they include. Make sure you read WP:BIO to make sure the people in question should be entered. - Mgm|(talk) 09:04, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Dark Room...a different one than listed[edit]

I have tried to start a wikipedia page for the band Dark Room but whenever I do a search on wikipedia it always defaults to "dark room" for photography. I'm wondering how to make it so that the band will also be an option for a reader to choose from. —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Jcunderground (talkcontribs) 03:16, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi, you seem to have created the Dark Room article on top of an active redirect - that is why you are being redirected to Darkroom. [11] To fix this, remove the #REDIRECT... line from the article. By the way, please do note our notability guideline - the band you are writing about may not be "notable" enough for inclusion in Wikipedia, and your article may be deleted (and the redirect to Darkroom restored) if this is the case. Please take a look at Wikipedia:Notability (music) to determine this. Cheers, Tangotango 03:37, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Image copyright query - very old items[edit]

I would like to illustrate some articles with images of ancient/medieval coins, etc. As far as I understand, there can be no copyright on the objects themselves, since they were created long before the concept of copyright even existed. But does copyright subsist in the photographic images of those objects? It would seem odd to me, but I cannot get a straight answer reading the applicable Wkikpedia policy pages. It would seem outlandish to me if someone could own copyright over such an image. Of course, if the photograph was an artistic interpretation of the object, that would be different. But what is the situation for images that are straight representations of the objects photographed? I imagine this would also apply to photographs of old art work (eg Old Masters) as well. Thanks for your advice.--Iacobus 03:17, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

This is probably better suited for Wikipedia:Request for copyright assistance. MECUtalk 13:28, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Adding a Picture to an Article[edit]

I am used to adding a picture,in another wiki, by geting the picture, saving it, saving the link for the page, then d/l it, attribution, adding it to the article. I do not see any thing similar on the page. So if I wanted to find and add a picture, how would I do it?..What are the steps..

happy 03:25, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

The upload page is located at Special:Upload - a link is in the "toolbox" on the left of every page. See Wikipedia:Uploading images for more information. Hope this helps, Tangotango 03:40, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Font question[edit]

I added a heading and contents thus: Major buildings/corporate tenants in its history on the Rockefeller Center page but for some reason it has appeared in a different font. An editor has (quite correctly) criticised it and requested I convert it to adhere to Wikipedia standards but I'm unsure in this instance how to do this. Is there a way also of putting this info in 2 columns down the page? QuantumOne 05:01, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi, this is because there was an extra space at the beginning of every line in the list. The MediaWiki software, which Wikipedia runs on, treats lines starting with a space as a pre-formatted (<pre>, in HTML lingo) section, hence the different font and colour. I've changed your list into a formatted list for now - feel free to change it. Cheers, Tangotango 05:36, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Warnings on User Talk Pages[edit]

I'm wondering what (if anything) should be done about Richardgush's user talk page? It's blatant advertising, the same content found at the Methvin entry (which I've proposed for deletion), but I don't know if we're supposed to propose user talk pages for deletion. Maybe an advert tag or would it be appropriate to add it to Miscellany for deletion? (Reply on my talk page if possible.) Wyatt Riot 06:29, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

I have removed the content in question as it is inappropriate for a user talk page.—WAvegetarian(talk) 06:36, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I've deleted Methvin itself. It was irretrieveable as it stood. -- Zanimum 14:58, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


NUMBEROFPAGES[edit]

Is there any way, without using a bot, to put the number of pages in a category on a page like the {{NUMBEROFPAGES}} tag?

I want it to perform the same function but just for one category.

thank you for any help or information.

The Talking Sock talk contribs 13:22, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

No unfortunately not. I think there is a bot you can request this to be done for you but I cant remember for certain (it might have been another wiki). It would be a useful feature though... --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:35, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I guess you wanted it for the {{Wikification progress}} template from WikiProject Wikify, I have been trying ot figure out a way to do that too - so any other ideas? I am stumped on it too! ;-) --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:37, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I wanted it for that and also for the Task box I made for Wikify and for the Task box for GA. I've seen one project which had a bot to update the articles in their task box so maybe if we found this bot and made a request. I just wish there was something like {{NUMBEROFPAGES|Category}} which would return this number. Oh well, we'll keep looking. --The Talking Sock talk contribs 01:09, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Suits copyrighten?[edit]

Technically, the cut of a suit is a creative work. Any piece of clothing for that matter. So aren't all pictures of living, clothed people on Wikipedia kinda not free, as they're derivative works? Unless of course they're wearing vintage. -- Zanimum 14:33, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Err no because it is a picture of the item. The picture could well be covered with copyright but within reasons photo's of copyrighted material does not have copyright extended to the photo - unless the sole purpose of the photograph is to infringe the copyright status of the item. phew! does that make sense? --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:37, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • It might be if the clothing was the subject of the photograph, but if the person wearing the clothes is the thing being photographed it doesn't work like that. - Mgm|(talk) 16:17, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Learning to Use[edit]

I have two questions: 1) I am trying to decipher the process for enterting references and I am totally confused. My article has been tagged because I have not yet gotten my references posted. Exactly how do I get the little [1] numbers to show and link to my list and enter the references below? Or, is that the proper method. and, 2) I wanted to use my talk page to communicate with the person who tagged my article but when I go to their page it is about other things and when I go to mine it says "no messages have been posted" for me, not from me. Please advise. Angikay2 17:43, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

  1. I believe Wikipedia:Footnotes has the information you need.
  2. Simply go to User talk:Mattisse (this is Mattisse's talk page), click the "+" tab at the top of the screen, and write whatever you want to him\her. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 17:50, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


photo[edit]

Hi - my name is Rachel Distler. I am a photo researcher for a small independant editorial publisher in Boston, MA, USA named Vista Higher Learning. We publish Spanish and French language text books for use in college language courses.

I found a photograph of the Festival Internacional de l Cancion in an article on Wikipedia that I would really like to include in one of our upcoming text books. I am wondering if you can put me in touch with the person who owns the photo, or tell me if it is public property. Did the person who submitted the photographs sign a waiver making the photographs available for others to use?

Thank you for your help!!

sincerely,

Rachel

Rachel Distler Photography Research & Art Buying Vista Higher Learning, Inc. 31 St. James Ave., #1005 <contact info removed to prevent spam etc. >

The person who uploaded the photo has the choice of which licence to put the photo under, or the option to place it in the public domain. Can you provide a link to the photo? —Mets501 (talk) 18:49, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Clicking a photo gets you to the image information page which should tell you who uploaded it and where it came from. - Mgm|(talk) 19:33, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I believe all photos on Wikipedia are licensed for commercial use so you should be able to use it. However, as its been mentioned, you'll need to view the license for that specific photo to see if you have to give the photographer credit and if you're allowed to alter it.--NMajdantalk 20:02, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Just as all photos should be licensed for commercial use, all photos should be licensed to allow modification. The question is whether this particular image is freely licensed or in the public domain, which would make it acceptable for modification and commercial purposes, or is being used under a claim of fair use. Without knowing which image is in question, it's impossible to say. —Bkell (talk) 20:36, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
For what it's worth, I narrowed down the article to Eurovision Song Contest, which is the en.wikipedia equal to the Spanish article, "Festival de la Cancion de Eurovision." Teke 05:49, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Is it possible.....[edit]

...to fix my name? Instead of User:Jakinthebeenstalk I would like it to be User: Jak_Inn_Thee_Been_Stalk. Thank you. User: Jakinthebeenstalk Ps.I is not an l or a 1 it is an )i(.

Well, the easy way to do it would be pipe link it. Example: Jak Inn thee Been Stalk. Other thant that, if you want to just change it, I believe you have to request it. I'll look for that info now. SynergeticMaggot 19:05, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
I think you'd want to contact User:Essjay about changing the name. SynergeticMaggot 19:07, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
If you're replacing words with homophones, why not replace stalk with stock? —Bkell (talk) 19:08, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
A much easier solution will be to just create a new account with the name you want. You have made virtually no edits with this account. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 19:07, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Go here: Wikipedia:Changing username.--NMajdantalk 19:59, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


explain the tool for text-compare in wikipedia[edit]

Hello

can you give me a hint?

1) which text-compare utility/algorhithm does wikipedia use, to compare two versions of edited text?

Im told it is a quite good tool to work with.

2) Is there a way i can compare two texts of my own?

Thank you

Erich Bruder, Switzerland bruderich(at)bluewin.ch

Your first question is probably more suitable for the Village Pump (technical), as it deals with the programs and mechanics that most of the people here aren't as familiar with. Good question, though ^^;;
As for your second, you can visit the "my contributions" link that should be located above or to the side (depending on the skin). There should be a link that says "diff" - you can click that to compare it to the last edit before yours. If you have two edits in a row to the same article then it would be comparing your own text. I don't think there's a way to compare your text for two separate articles, though, as then the whole thing would show up as red. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:01, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Deleting[edit]

Help me! I really need to know how to delete what I have searched so far...Please help me.

You need to be a LOT more specific. Delete "what" from "where". Your question makes no sense in the realm of Wikipedia. --Kainaw (talk) 19:18, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

In the Search Box, when you type in something to search it...I typed in what I was looking for a Birthday present for my sis, and it comes up when you click in the search box, and I dont want her to see it

Just highlight it and press the "delete" button on your keyboard. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:18, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
That is a web browser issue. Web browsers keep a history of what you typed in text boxes (just about any text box). Wikipedia has nothing to do with it. Try clearing the browser's history/cache. Since every web browser has a different way to do that, you'll need to look at the instructions for your web browser to see how to clear the history and/or cache. --Kainaw (talk) 19:45, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


WOW! You guys and gals are great![edit]

Could you git rid of the old ugly account? Where could I start editing? What do I Do with my User Page? And where can I go to learn new things??? Questions, Questions Questions. Thank you! I have "Been Inn Thee Stock" for the past few days reading about every thing I could get my hands on about Wikipedia. Well have fun and thanks for the help. Jak

I'm glad you've taken the time to read up, that's the best way to familiarize yourself with editing. Really, you can just dive right in....just be bold. If you have any questions, this Help Desk is a great way to ask and receive fairly prompt attention. If you are interested in getting real-time help, there is an IRC channel, wikipedia-bootcamp, that houses a lot of regulars who would be happy to help you. The web client is located here.
I strongly suggest just going for it - if you make a mistake someone will fix it, and as long as you have good faith you're unlikely to mess anything up too badly. Good luck! —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 20:38, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Source of Images/Image Tags[edit]

I have ome photos of products and product advertising material, screen caps of movies and tv shows, and other images that I have produced myself. I created the images so I am the source, do I just put that as my source information. What kind of tags would be applicable because althought I created the images myself I am sure that doesn't not give me copyright privileges and I shouldn't upload it as "I, the creator of this work....." So how should I tag them? —Preceding unsigned comment added by 70.245.213.60 (talkcontribs)

I'm not sure, but I imagine just tagging on something along the lines of "I have created this image and hereby grant the rights to use it" or some such thing. I bet Wikipedia:Copyright has more specific guidelines. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 20:42, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
You don't own the copyright to these images. Also, you're not really the source, either; you just happened to be the person that created the image file, but you didn't create the content. The copyright holder is the original creator. You can request that the copyright holder release the images under a free license such as the GFDL. Note that getting permission to use the images on Wikipedia is not enough; see Wikipedia:Requesting copyright permission. Alternatively, if you can't contact the copyright holder or if the copyright holder refuses to release the images under a free license, you may be able to use the images on Wikipedia if they qualify for fair use. There is a more-or-less complete list of fair-use copyright tags at Wikipedia:Image copyright tags#Fair use. If you're going to claim fair use, make sure that the use of the images on Wikipedia satisfies all ten points of the Wikipedia fair-use policy.
One more thing: When you make a post on a talk page or a discussion page such as this, you should sign your name with four tildes, like so: ~~~~. —Bkell (talk) 20:47, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


Deleting[edit]

Ok, fine, I'll be more specific, I was searching in the search box for some good present ideas for my sis. Then I noticed, whenever I typed in the first letter of the previous search (her present) it came up underneath the first letter. I need to delete that search ASAP. I don't want her to see the searches! Help me please!!!! —Preceding unsigned comment added by 69.134.163.35 (talkcontribs)

This is really more of a browser question than one about editing/using Wikipedia. At any rate, there should be an option somewhere in your preferences to turn that off; it's a feature that allows for quick searching, usually. It would really depend which browser you are using, really. I think this might be more appropriate for the reference desk in the future, anyway ^^;;
P.S.: remember to always sign your comments in discussion pages like this one - just add four tildes to the end like so: ~~~~. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:33, 11 August 2006 (UTC)


anyone know lots about editing entries?[edit]

Hello

I need some help for an article:

looking at the history of edits that you can go check out, how can I see where each person who wrote an edit is from?

although if you look at the minutes it appears as though the edits were written in order, this isn't the case. does anyone know how to know what order the edits were written in? i wish they put the seconds and not just the minutes! i need the precise order.

any help is much appreciated. thanks.

-JADM

Hi JADM - I am sure they are in order, bottom last top first if it matters, or select two entries next to one another and compare to show differences ST47 22:22, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
  • JADM, the edits are listed in precise order. You cannot figure out where a person is from (where they are located in the world), but sometimes people list their location on their user page. — Reinyday, 03:32, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Easier way to change strings?[edit]

I'm looking for an easier way to change strings in articles. I need to change any pages that link to Inuyasha and change it to InuYasha, although not just specifically that. Suggestions? --Zeno McDohl (talk) 23:00, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

Try Auto Wiki Browser. It has a find/replace function built in. You should not, however, just change links simply to bypass a redirect, as it's unnecessary. If Inuyasha is wrong, then changing it is acceptable, though. —Mets501 (talk) 23:17, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Yeah, Inuyasha is wrong. Although there is plenty of dispute. Inuyasha is a redirect page. Thanks, I'll look into AWB. --Zeno McDohl (talk) 23:20, 11 August 2006 (UTC)
Let me clarify - if the problem is that the link is to the page Inuyasha, don't change it, since it already redirects to InuYasha and your change will not have a real effect. If the problem is that the text of the link, visible to the user, is Inuyasha, then it's okay to change it to InuYasha. Example: Change [[Inuyasha]] to [[InuYasha]], but don't change [[Inuyasha|some text]] to anything. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 09:27, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


locations of editors[edit]

hello...thanks to the last person who helped me.

now i need to know how do you find out the location of people who post edits. i know they're there somewhere but i can't find 'em...

thanks.

-JADM

Basically, all the users, and all IP's are "registered" in the userspace "Users". If you want to access the talkpage of a specific user, eg. me, you have to go to the page User talk:Bjelleklang. The same applies for other users, including IP-addresses, except you'd have to type in the IP instead of 'Bjelleklang'. Bjelleklang - talk 00:01, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Foreign language links: order[edit]

I'm trying to find a reference to a style policy on the language-links list, but I can't find the right place.

I want to know in what order the list of links to an article in other languages should be kept. Should it be in alphabetical order according to the two-letter ISO code (for example, DE (German) would come before HR (Croatian)), or should it be alphabetical according to the English name of the other languages (Croatian would come before German). Does anyone know what the guideline is? Thanks. EuroSong talk 23:32, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

As far as I know, the order of the links doesn't really matter, as the mediawiki software sorts them by itself. Bjelleklang - talk 00:13, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • They are always placed in alphabetical order. — Reinyday, 03:17, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Order them by the two-letter code. The reason is that people should see which links are included in a quick glance. If you were to do it by their English name you'd have to learn each code by heart which makes no sense. - Mgm|(talk) 08:28, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Reinyday, does your reply mean alphabetically according to code or to English name? That's the whole point of the question.. hehe. I'm rather inclined to believe MacGyverMagic: thanks. Actually I DO know each code by heart.. ;) EuroSong talk 09:51, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Specific citations vs. Article-wide references[edit]

When an article contains a list of references at the end of an article, but no specific citations in the body of an article, under what cases should {{citation needed}} or {{unreferenced}} be added? I'm reading some very long articles that only have one reference listed at the end, and I'm really doubting whether the only source for the article is that one reference. Patiwat 23:44, 11 August 2006 (UTC)

As I see it, an article with only a single reference should contain at least one {{fact}}, as one reference alone is no guarrantee that the article is npov. If you think an article should contain more references, I'd advise you to add {{unreferenced}}, as this would only serve to improve the articles by either having someone add another source, after specifically checking if the current source covers the point litsted, or by removing the sentence. Bjelleklang - talk 00:18, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I don't think {{unreferenced}} should be added to articles with references, even without inline citations. There may be a template which says "This article needs to incorporate inline citation", but if I've seen one I don't remember where.
If you dispute one or more facts in an article with references but no inline citation, I would say that you should feel free to add a {{fact}} to all of them and question them on the talk page. I think Wikipedia:Inline Citation is getting so close to standard - no Featured Article candidate gets away without them, and most Do You Know entries more than a few paragraphs have them - that you shouldn't take "oh, it's somewhere in one of those" as a satisfactory response. However, if there is only one reference, and it's easily searchable online, it may be prudent to check it first. --Sam Blanning(talk) 00:19, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for the tips! Patiwat 22:57, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

August 12[edit]

" requires Windows Media Player 9"[edit]

I put up a link to a website that contains the link to a radio station that plays taiwanese aboriginal music (see the "Modern" section of Taiwanese aborigines). It includes the text " requires Windows Media Player 9". What's the correct way to handle legal issues etc.? Ling.Nut 00:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

  • If you've included the warning that a player is required, that should be fine (as far as I know). — Reinyday, 03:19, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Consused[edit]

There is a page on Jodie Carn that went through fine. There is a page on her mother, Dona Massin that will not go through. Could this please be explained to me.

Thank you.—The preceding unsigned comment was added by Jodie317 (talkcontribs) .

Hi Jodie. From What I can see there is a page on Dona Massin here, and your the main contributor. Please remember that all Wikipedia titles are CaSe SeNsItIvE so "Dona Massin" is not the same as "dona massin". If there is any more troubles, let me know. Thanks --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 01:12, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
(after edit conflict)--Hi Jodie317. I'm really not sure what you mean by "went through". The latter article you mention, Dona Massin is still extant. Are you having trouble accessing it? Editing it? something else?--Fuhghettaboutit 01:13, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Questions on YouTube's Policy on Copyrights[edit]

Ok, here is my question. An anon user and myself have been in a somewhat heated debate and I would like an Admin's response to put this question to rest. On the YouTube page, there is a question on whether including text on how to download videos from the website. If you are unfamiliar with the website, youtube uses an embedded player to play files stored on their servers. While YouTube does not give any information on how to download their files, some people have figured this out by using Third-party software or websites. As it stands YouTube has stated in their website's Terms of Service/Use that such actions are against their policies. Now this Anon user believe that reguardless of this, wikipedia should have information, directly or indirectly, on how to download these videos...which again is against the TOS of YouTube. Their arguement is that 1)if youtube didn't want downloading to occur, they would stream videos 2)downloading any video from YouTube for personal use is ok and 3)Wikipedia should have this information because others would be interested to know how to do this. My arguement is 1)if it is a violation of YouTube's TOS, then including such information on WP could constitute a violation of WP's policy on copyrights 2)Wikipedia is not an instruction guide or 'How To' 3)the anon in question is just pushing this to Make a point.

If I could get an admin to step in and end this discussion (either way) I would be greatful. --Brian (How am I doing?) 02:01, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

I'm not an admin, but I think it might be a good idea to request a comment. I can argue my own point or whatever, but this isn't really the place for that, so a formal proceeding to develop a consensus would be a good idea. Hope that helps a bit.... —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 06:41, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks for that. Sorry for dropping this in the wrong section!--Brian (How am I doing?) 06:51, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • I don't agree with your point 1, Brian. It would be a WP violation because it would encourage breaking the law, not copyright, because YouTube doesn't own the copyright on the videos. Besides, they have scores of copyright violation videos stored on their servers. I just reported one a few days ago. It's like taking water to the sea. Most uploaders don't care about copyright, so you end up with violations galore. Downloading the stuff is the least of their worries. - Mgm|(talk) 08:26, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you do deicde to do an RFC, post it here for continuity. Also, I agree with the how-to argument. It may be nice to have a section that states some users download article in violation of the policy, and there have been proven instances of this with users being banned. But to even link to places to get software to do it is a how-to. MECUtalk 12:58, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


etiquette or protocol for suggesting links?[edit]

I am new to Wikipedia (in terms of contributing) but a frequent user for reference. I love the concept.

I am trying to find the accepted protocols for suggesting links. I assume it is bad form to simply edit, adding links to my articles, but I can't figure out how to submit things for review/consideration by other contributors. I can't even figure out who the (main) author is for a given page.

I have reviewed the policies, pillars, guidelines etc., but for the life of me, can't find an answer to this question. Sorry!

I am a food writer and think there are contributions I could offer in a few places. I am respectful of the process and content and will not simply suggest things in naked self-interest.

Also, I don't see much content in terms of food, gastronomy - is there a place I'm not looking where more of this is catalogued?

Thanks in advance, Jacquelinec 02:18, 12 August 2006 (UTC)JacquelineC

Wikipedia:External Links may be what you're looking for. User:Zoe|(talk) 02:33, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Jacquelinec, there isn't necessarily a main editor for an article, but the "history" tab at the top will show you all contributors. Go ahead and add the links you want to. If they are inappropriate, a user will probaly let you know on your talk page. If you want to ask about some specific links, please feel free to leave a message on my talk page, or here. — Reinyday, 03:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Then, if you're ever unsure of whether something would be taken well on the page, the talk page is a good place to suggest your ideas and if there is a general consensus you are welcome to edit it in. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 06:43, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • When you say: "my articles" are you referring to submissions to Wikipedia or stuff you wrote on your own website? In the first case, please take WP:OWN into account. When it's the second case, make sure it is highly relevant to the article. - Mgm|(talk) 08:19, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • If you'd like more opinions on a subject, see peer review. It's a way to garner outside information. Once you go through peer review, and feel the article meets the standards, you can submit for Good Article which will definately provide you with feed back. After Good Article, there's Featured Article which all articles aspire to, but few make to. MECUtalk 12:50, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I'd cut through all the complications of the replies above and say to you just go ahead and add your links or edits. I'm an experienced editor and that's what I do. There's no need to ask anybody about them (unless you want to) and if they are poor then someone will revert them or correct them. Good luck, have fun - Adrian Pingstone 19:29, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


technical difficulties[edit]

I can't edit articles since wednesday and always encounter with a page which says:

"The Wikimedia Foundation servers are currently experiencing technical difficulties. The problem is most likely temporary and will hopefully be fixed soon. Please check back in a few minutes."

Do you know what has happened and when the problem will be removed? Thanks.--Sa.vakilian 03:34, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

  • That message pops up from time to time. Try hitting the back button and resubmitting your changes after a minute. You were able to post this question, so you will be able to edit articles. — Reinyday, 03:38, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


define sugar and sugar product[edit]

sugar and sugar product answer pls. —Preceding unsigned comment added by 124.106.215.75 (talkcontribs)

I think this question would be more appropriate for the reference desk, don't you? However, as far as I know, "sugar" is defined as any chemical with a Empirical formula of C(1)H2O(1)Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 06:45, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • No. Make that CnH2nOn. The way you wrote it makes it look like it's always 2 hydrogen instead of twice as many as the other atoms. - Mgm|(talk) 08:17, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank goodness this isn't the reference desk, since there are so many mistakes in your replies. Mgm's correction isn't correct, since Keakealani specifically mentioned this is the empirical formula. This empirical formula is certainly not the definition of a sugar (formaldehyde is not generally taken to be a sugar, and CHOH=CHOH is certainly not one!) and is not even the correct formula - It may be true for most monosaccharides, but is not accurate for more complex sugars. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 09:14, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Empty Cells in a wikitable template[edit]

I'm trying to create a List of Television episodes using the Template:Episode list but empty cells are being ignored so rows with differing empty cells don't align correctly. An attempt is here. Do I need to fix the template itself or add something to my table or is it just a problem with the wiki software? - Peregrinefisher 05:03, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

You can work out an elaborate solution, or just pop &nbsp; (a forced space character) into the empty cells. Guess which one I'm recommending for now? ;) Luna Santin 05:08, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Phi Rho Alpha[edit]

I recently created a new page for a local sorority at the University of Michigan, Phi Rho Alpha. It was on the Local sororities list here because it falls under the category of a local social sorority: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_social_fraternities_and_sororities

However, when I checked back to look at the page, the link to Phi Rho Alpha was removed, as was the entire Phi Rho Alpha page. I received a message saying the information on the page was not note-worthy. I am confused, however, as to why it was not "note-worthy:" the sorority is the first local sorority at the University of Michigan, and three of the other local sororities linked there also have their own pages with information about their organizations. Could someone please explain to me how a page about Phi Rho Alpha is unacceptable? Because this doesn't make much sense to me.

P.S. I used to be a journalist, and I tried my best to ensure that the page was unbiased and neutral, so I highly doubt that was the reason it was deleted. —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Sedaniel (talkcontribs) 05:08, 12 August 2006.

  • Hi Sedaniel, Wikipedia currently has a policy (which I totally disagree with) that an article can be immediately deleted if it is "non-notable". The policy exists to allow the quick deletion of articles about high school bands and such, which we get a lot of here. I have asked that Phi Rho Alpha be restored, and hopefully it will be soon. Sorry for the inconvenience. It sounds like you're going to be a fabulous contributor to the Wikipedia! — Reinyday, 05:32, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
    • PS: Just in case it wasn't clear, everything you wrote is saved and can be restored without you having to rewrite it. — Reinyday, 05:36, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
    • Reinyday, why isn't there a link in your sig? - Mgm|(talk) 08:21, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
      • Because I don't want one. — Reinyday, 20:33, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Also, make sure that facts that convey notability are included in the article. Don't assume people know. - Mgm|(talk) 08:21, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Gary Swann- Footballers in England[edit]

Hi I have recently entered an article about former english footballer Gary Swann.He played for Hull City,Preston North End,York City and Scarborough.The problem is that i cant seem to put the article in the correct category.He should be listed with all the clubs he played for but he isnt as i dont know how to do it.Can you help and let me know what to do in future as i have other former players i would like to enter also.Regards Kevin Doctor Jimmy 06:44, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

There's two steps, here -- first, figure out the categories you want to add him to, and second, add him into the categories. Adding an article into a category is pretty simple -- go ahead and click the edit link for any featured article and head to the very bottom of the page, and you should see the categories. Hope that helps. :) If you need anything else, don't hesitate to ask. Luna Santin 07:09, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Also check out [12]--Commander Keane 07:14, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Accessing archives[edit]

How can I obtain a copy of an archive of a deleted article? I just contributed a new article Dove Foundation, and then discovered that there was a previous article that had been deleted. I read the discussion and am quite certain that the new article doesn't have the same problems as the deleted one, but I'd still like to see the old one to see if there is useful information there that I'm missing, references, etc.

Ccrrccrr 12:16, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

It sounds like you've already seen this page: Wikipedia:Articles for deletion/Dove Foundation. If not, it was determined there wasn't enough noteability for that article to be included in Wikipedia. I read the current page, and as-is, there still isn't enough to support noteability. It just sounds like some random company that hasn't done anything special or important. I won't list it to give you a chance to add info though. MECUtalk 12:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Thanks for your helpful and lenient review. I'll add more to support noteability, and review the guidelines to ensure I think it does qualify for noteability. But my question remains unanswered: is there a way I can obtain the archive of the deleted article? Ccrrccrr 12:44, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Basically, only admins have access to deleted pages. Since Xezbeth is the one who performed the deletion of the page, you may want to contact him and request to view it. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 12:47, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Copyright question regarding image from 52 years ago[edit]

Is Image:Vista-vision.jpg now in the public domain? It is publicity artwork used by Paramount more than 50 years ago. I ask because the image was removed from the article CamelCase. --Mathew5000 13:10, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

It is not in the public domain, it applies under Fair Use. However, legal and Wikipedia restrictions govern the usage of such images dictate how and where images that are used under this legal allowance. In the article it was removed from, it most certainly did not apply under fair use. If the article was about Vista vision, the image would certainly apply, but not an article about fonts. MECUtalk 13:16, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
50 years isn't usually enough for public domain. Wikipedia:Public domain talks about it, and this site indicates that in 95 years it will be public domain (I'm making assumptions). There is also a possible problem of the logo, I'm not sure how copyright would apply to that. But no, it is not in the public domain.--Commander Keane 13:30, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I think you are mistaken. According to Circular 15a of the US Copyright Office, works originally published in the 1950s had a copyright term of only 28 years. So the image in question, apparently from 1954, would have entered the public domain on 1983-01-01. The only exception is if the copyright owner renewed the copyright registration in 1982, but there is no reason to think that Paramount would have gone to the trouble and expense of renewing the copyright registration for old advertising artwork relating to a film format it had long since abandoned. --Mathew5000 17:47, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
I just did a copyright search [13] for VistaVision and, if I'm reading this right, Paramount did renew the copyright as of January 6, 1983. It's generally safest to expect that a corporation will renew copyright registrations. Even though the film format is abandoned they may still get some licensing revenue for use of the logo or at least PR value by being able to require terms of use when they license the logo. Brian 18:16, 12 August 2006 (UTC)btball
Do you mean Registration No. RE-162-004? That looks to me like a copyright registration for a piece of music ("Vistavision theme"), not an image.--Mathew5000 18:38, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Yes, that's the one I found. Sorry, I should have included the registration number to make it easier for others to follow my tracks. The title says "Vistavision theme (Paramount seal) Music: N. L. VanCleave", so I think they protected the entire theme including the image (seal) and the music - which would mean that the image alone would also be protected. There's no way for me to tell for sure without getting the entire application, which so far I've not been able to find without paying a fee :-( - so you may well be right. I'd err on the side of caution though. If we really need to find out there are two ways to do it - someone can write to Paramount (I'll not volunteer for that) or we can find the full copyright application (I may poke around a bit more to see if I can find the full application). Thanks, Brian 18:50, 12 August 2006 (UTC)btball


am a system engr[edit]

my name is hafiz onike, am from nigeria , am 22 years old, am into system engr looking for assistance i searched for blacks that can help&i found yur site,plz if u can assist in any way plz u can mobile no (removed number) am a frauder& or scamer, am just looking for help. i know u people who help me. god bless u all as yu reply me hafiz onike lagos nigeria.--82.128.6.209 13:52, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

I can't tell what your question is. Please ask a definite question - Adrian Pingstone 19:17, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Userbox query[edit]

Hey everyone! Recently I created Template:User WPIndonesia for WikiProject Indonesia's userbox. My question is, based on the image explanation, the image ([[Image:Coat of Indonesia.png]]) has green copyright (its not really clear), but on the Userbox policy, I can't use any image with copyright. So can I use that, with green copyright image? Cheers -- Imoeng 14:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

I believe you can use that image, since the copyright holder states that you can use it with attribution. You certainly can use (free) images in userboxes, many have them. I think you might be confusing that you cannot use fair use images in userboxes. That is definitely wrong. MECUtalk 15:13, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you very much, now I can go to bed, hahahah. Cheers again, take care -- Imoeng 15:23, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


I was rejected a post[edit]

Below is a news story I used to post "3k" as a group. It exists and is not vexicious. (story below) Beaumont Police Detectives are investigating allegations that there was a secret at Ozen High School that involved students, alumni and possibly even an employee of the school. A Jefferson County Grand Jury has indicted a current Ozen employee, 42-year-old Tommy Floyd Granger for indecency with a child. A former student, 25-year-old Byron Aaron Bell was also indicted for sexual assault. The accuser is coming forward 5 years after she says the assault took place. She claims she was part of a group known as "3K" made up of 9th and 10th grade girls who would perform sexual favors for upper class boys. We're not detailing what 3K stands for because the title is explicit in nature. The accuser told Beaumont Police she was sexually assaulted in the Ozen High School Field House in 2001 by Granger and Bell. Police say she was 14 or 15 years old at the time. Granger works as Ozen's "In School Suspension" Supervisor, in the past, he has also worked as an assistant football coach. Police say Bell was a former Ozen Football Player who had already graduated from the school. The accuser gave police names of girls she says were also members of the 3K group. When contacted by police, the other girls' parents told officers they did not want to discuss the matter. Detective John Boles tells KFDM News he believes other students may have been victimized and wants those girls to come forward. BISD Spokeswoman Jolene Ortego says anytime an employee is arrested the person is suspended from the district with pay until the criminal investigation is completed. Ortego says the outcome of the court case will determine if Granger is allowed to return to the district.

Det. John Boles/Beaumont Police "We have to look back to what it was like being in high school. Idolizing seniors because they were the big people on campus and there is certain status when an upperclassman pays attention to someone who was freshman or a sophomore. Until a victim comes forward we can not say for sure, but my gut feeling is that there are probably more victims."

And? Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, not a newspaper. We don't write article about every news story in the world. You may want to look at our sister resource, Wikinews. The information you posted above also looks like it was copied from a newspaper or a television station's website, which makes it a copyright violation. User:Zoe|(talk) 03:43, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


how to get an own article.[edit]

Hey, i couldnt find an ordinary question ask spot, so il ask here, what are the criteria to get an own page? (a real one, no USER:) For my father, Mike Barson has one. Thanks allredy for an answer! Timothy Barson.

Your father must meet the notability requirements set by Wikipedia. If your father does not meet these standards, and you create the article, it will probably be deleted. So go through that page first and determine if he meets requirements.--NMajdantalk 16:21, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, User:Dlohcierekim answered Timothy on his (Timothy's) talk page as well.Brian 17:46, 12 August 2006 (UTC)btball


watching my page[edit]

how do i keep my page from being deleted

What page are you referring to? An article you created? A user page?--NMajdantalk 16:27, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


help[edit]

im trying to find oriental writing symbols...something that means raven...can youhelp?

Try asking at Wikipedia:Reference desk/Language. --Mathew5000 18:39, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


adding exterminal link[edit]

−Hi, We are attempting to add an external link to the Tibetan White Crane page: www.whitecranegungfu.com White Crane Gung Fu - SF We cannot get it to work... Please advise. Thank you. Linda A. RochaWhitecrane 19:21, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

What you would want to do is:

[http://example.com example]

which would turn out like:

example.

But please read the policy on WP:EL and remember that wikipedia is anot an external linkfarm. GeorgeMoney (talk) 19:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)


Question[edit]

I put a proposed first contribution in a sandbox, did the necessary editing, but could not find any way to send it or post it. So I clicked save! Where do I go next? Despite its beauty, the site is extremely confusing for the contributor. There are lots of options but no clear-cut action.

Now I don't even know how to get this message to you!!

H a s s a nAbogalambo 20:46, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

See Wikipedia:Your first article and then Help:Starting a new page. --Hetar 21:06, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

  • More information provided on user's talk page. — Reinyday, 00:49, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Edit counts[edit]

I used an edit counter(Essjay's)and It said I had made 8 edits to my user page, 8 to my talk page 8 to main (what is main?) And 4 to wikipedia. What are ment by all of those terms? I know I have made More than 4 edits to wikipedia. so please explain this.

Thank you,

--Jak 21:32, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
Differet types of pages on Wikipedia are kept in different "spaces". User space are userpage, which are designated as "User:". User talk pages are at "User talk:". The main space is also known as the article space, which is where all the articles on Wikipedia are kept, and they have no pre-name designation. Wikipedia space is at all the pages marked "Wikipedia:". For example, the Help Desk, located at Wikipedia:Help Desk is in the Wikipedia space. Hopefully that makes some sense. -- Natalya 21:41, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

Thank you for the explanation. I look foward to asking another question. --Jak 22:25, 12 August 2006 (UTC)

You also don't need to indent your "signature" with all those :'s and with two lines. Just add it to the end of what you type. It will save space. MECUtalk 22:44, 12 August 2006 (UTC)
  • I like that signature. It's unique. — Reinyday, 00:26, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


WP external link[edit]

Is it acceptable for an article to link to a website which has ads for in its sidebar? I'm thinking of www.outrate.net/default.htm, which is currently listed as an external link at List of lesbian, gay, bisexual or transgender-related films. Dev920 01:10, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Wikipedia is not censored for minors, so I don't see why not.. as long as its only ad's.. and doesn't make the article become un-encyclopediac :) --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 01:14, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Harvard citation[edit]

Question about the correct way to display page numbers. The Harvard citation page uses a colon:

  • When you can (or should) provide a page number, the convention is (Smith 2005: 73).

BTW this is the method I prefer. However the citation examples in the Harvard Reference Templates section on Wikipedia:Template_messages/Sources_of_articles show that templates use "p." or "pp.":

  • (Smith 1879, p. 289).

Is there a wikipedia standard anywhere regarding this? If not, is there a place where I can request that it be standardized? Ling.Nut 01:15, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

I'm sorry, but this doesn't answer my question. The format in the guideline differs from the format produced by the template. Why? Which is authoritative? If the guideline is authoritative, would someone please change the template? Ling.Nut 02:21, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

No need to apologize; probably my question wasn't worded well. Your second answer is exactly what I was looking for. Thanks!

Ling.Nut 03:09, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

August 13[edit]

LOCATION[edit]

If I want to arrange the following cities from north to south, do I use the lattitude?

Dallas Chicago Moscow Doha Riyadh Buenos Aires Panama City Mexico City Can

hanks,  e-mail removed  —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Peachy6455 (talkcontribs) .
Have you tried Wikipedia's Reference Desk? They specialize in knowledge questions, and will try to answer any question in the universe (except how to use Wikipedia, since that's what this Help Desk is for). For your convenience, here's the link: Reference Desk (when you get there, just select the relevant section, and ask away). I hope this helps. Garion96 (talk) 03:37, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Image type usage[edit]

Can I upload a PNG version of a "photographic image" onto Wikipedia, as that is the only version I have available of a certain "photographic image?" And I don't think any other version of this image exists. And, if it matters, I would be uploading this image as a Fair Use image. I am asking because on Wikipedia's Image use policy page, it says, "Use JPEG format for photographic images, and SVG format for icons, logos, drawings, maps, flags, and such, falling back to PNG when only a raster image is available. Fair use icons, logos, drawings, maps, flags, and such should be uploaded in PNG format instead of SVG." —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Pitman6787 (talkcontribs) 02:32, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

  • If it's all you have, and the image isn't a copyright violation, go ahead and upload it. — Reinyday, 02:44, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
    • If it's a 16bpp or 24bpp PNG (lots of colours), I'd suggest converting it to JPEG for the size reduction. --Kjoonlee 01:55, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Bitmaps included in an SVG[edit]

Image:Foodchain2.svg seems to depend on external bitmaps on the computer where I made it. How can I convert these bitmaps so that they're included in the SVG file itself and there are no dependencies? I'm using Inkscape for Windows. NeonMerlin 03:04, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Assuming you're using the current (0.44) version, select Images / Embed All Images from the Effects menu. That should do the trick. —da Pete (ばか) 15:09, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


block[edit]

I just discovered your site, tried to register and was denied. Reason given was some ambiguous remarks about prior vandalism???? I am very interested in using Wikipedia. Please help me get registered. I am 74 years, a veteran, with no criminal record and my MAMA taught me not to steal long ago. Oh yes, I pay my taxes and stop at all Red Lights and Stop Signs. Your refusal to allow me to register is, in my opinion, unfair and discriminatory. May all good fortune attend you.

Charles Coghlan —The preceding unsigned comment was added by 64.12.116.11 (talkcontribs) 05:31, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

It may be that your IP address has been blocked for vandalism by another user. You can post a request on WP:AN/I and ask them to unblock it. Anchoress 05:36, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
Actually, it looks like that IP shouldn't be blocked right now according to the block log [14]. Since it looks like you are using AOL, I would highly recommend creating an account for yourself, as AOL users frequently change IPs and creating an account should prevent you from recieving messages meant for other users (among other benefits). See Wikipedia:Advice to AOL users for more information. BryanG(talk) 06:05, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
Oh wait, unless it's an Autoblock caused by some user getting blocked using that IP, then you might have to go to WP:AN and request an unblock after all. BryanG(talk) 06:12, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
BryanG, the user said above that he tried to register and was denied, so it appears that just getting an user account will not solve the problem for him. --Anchoress 06:14, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
I realized that after I posted the first message, but isn't the only way you cna't create an account is if your IP is blocked? Or am I wrong about that? BryanG(talk) 06:21, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
I don't know. What's the connection? Anchoress 07:04, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
To clarify, this block has nothing to do with you personally, only with the IP address you happen to use, which unfortunately was also used by others for vandalizing Wikipedia. I have taken the liberty of requesting assitance on your behalf on the administrator's noticeboard - you can check the status of this request by clicking here. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 10:51, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


copyright[edit]

How do I put a copyright into my text? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by 84.197.148.142 (talkcontribs) 07:23, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

You don't, all text on Wikimedia is free-use, which means anyone can do anything with it. There is a warning to this affect below the edit box. (There is a lot more complexity to that, but that's the basics. —Daniel (‽) 07:25, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
(edit-conflicted) You'd have to be more specific. Some possible pointers: (1) To produce a copyright sign (©), use &copy; (2) All text that you write is copyrighted by default. Anything you post to Wikipedia will automatically be licensed under the Wikipedia:GFDL, as agreed when you click on Save page. (3) You cannot copy copyrighted text from other websites onto Wikipedia, except in special cases. (Citing small passages of text to comment on them is considered acceptable, but you will need to appropriately cite them.) (4) For more information on copyrights, read Copyright. If you need help on anything else, please clarify. Cheers, Tangotango 07:29, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Jostein Gaarder[edit]

Hi,

On August 10/06 I searched Wikipedia for information about Jostein Gaarder.

On that date, Mr. Gaarder was described here as being an "anti semite," but today, three days later, I see that this slur has now been removed. I'm interested in understanding the process by which this happened. Is there a record of any discussion on how this came about? Here are my cut-and-pastes from Wikipedia, August 10/06, and today, August 13/06:

Cheers

Wikipedia~ August 10, 2006:

Jostein Gaarder From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Jump to: navigation, search

Jostein Gaarder (born August 8, 1952 in Oslo) is a Norwegian intellectual, anti-Semite and author of several novels, short stories and children's books.

Wikipedia~ August 13, 2006:

Jostein Gaarder From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Jump to: navigation, search

Jostein Gaarder (born August 8, 1952 in Oslo) is a Norwegian intellectual and author of several novels, short stories and children's books.

09:50, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Wikipedia is a collaborative wiki, which means anybody can edit articles at will. You can see the [history] tab at the top of every page to see exactly who added and removed what - for the article in question, that page is [15]. Also, each article has a talk page (accessible from the [discussion] tab at the top of every page), where editors can discuss changes they want to make to the article. See Talk:Jostein Gaarder for the talk page of this particular article. Cheers, Tangotango 10:55, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


contents[edit]

i am new to wikipedia. i don't know how that contents part, in which the basic structure of the article is shown, comes in an article.. plz help. Saorabh 09:51, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Simpler even than it looks. :) Once an article/page has more than more than four sections, the TOC should appear on its own, just above the first section. Good question, though. Luna Santin 09:53, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks.

Saorabh 17:31, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Adding to an exisiting article[edit]

I would like to contribute to Wikipedia. Specifically I tried adding to the article on Driving on the Left or Right Section. Unfortunately I have to pay for my internet connection so after logging on I disconnected from the internet while I tried to write a detailed article on the history of the rule of the road for Austria, citing my sources. After spending about an hour writing I found that my window had closed and all my work has gone. How can I contribute to Wikipedia? Do I have to maintain my internet connection while writing? Is this a software problem? Noel Ellis 10:45, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

10:45, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

You could try writing it with a text editor, then pasting the entire text you have added into the existing article. ViridaeTalk 10:51, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
(after edit conflict) Hi Noel Ellis, Welcome to Wikipedia. Basically, from what I know, you dont need to maintain a network connection whilst on Wikipedia, but (even if u are connected), someone could edit in between when u clicked edit this page, to when u clicked Save Page, which will end up in an Edit conflict. If you plan on doing a huge addition to an article, consider writing it in your personal sandbox: see here; then copy the lot over to the article :). Thanks and let me know if you need more help. --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 10:53, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Moving my contributions (from when I didn't sign in) to my account[edit]

Sometimes I contribute to an article but forget to sign in. These contributions are in the User Contributions page for user "24.0.142.140" How do I move these contributions to my account "Vchao" so they are shown in my User Contributions page? Please notify me on my talk page when you have provided an answer. Thanks! Vchao 11:01, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi Vchao, Unfortuanetly I don't think there is a way to 'transfer' these contributions. Try to remember to always log in, or choose the 'Keep me logged in' or 'Remember me' etc checkbox, and make sure cookies are enabled. Good luck :) --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 11:05, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


How do you see the history of what's been in a category?[edit]

It's history doesn't do it, of course, cause it only shows edits to that page. The reason I ask is because of WP:CSD C1: "Empty categories (no articles or subcategories for at least four days)". How do you see when the last articles were removed from it to determine if it's been 4 days? -Goldom ‽‽‽ 12:17, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

I don't think you can. But, you could do this: Come back in 4 days from today, and if there still isn't any articles or sub-categories, put it up for speedy delete. MECUtalk 16:20, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
Although there may have been articles in the interveneing period, especially with maintanance categories. Rich Farmbrough 14:59 15 August 2006 (GMT).


possible vandalism[edit]

I've just been looking at this page

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MTV%27s_22_Greatest_Voices_in_Music

never heard of the guy at #1

is this a possible case of vandalism and how do I report it directly from the article page?

Thanks --Fountain ie 12:30, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

I've reverted it. If you see things that look like vandalism like that, you can take them out yourself, especially in cases like this where no explanation was given for its insertion. -Goldom ‽‽‽ 13:23, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
For the record, he was the lead singer of Tool. · rodii · 00:18, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


How and Why Wikipedia Works[edit]

1.What are the main goals,vision and motivation?

2.How does the community collaborate?

3.What are their ethical values?

4.What are records and documents in Wikipedia?

5.How do they manage them?

6.How is Wikipedia beneficial to its stakeholders?

7.What are their current and future focus?

See Wikipedia:About, following links if necessary. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 17:21, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


copyright tag[edit]

Hi, everyone!

I see the photos, which I uploaded yesterday for “Karachays” section, are without copyright tag. Could you be so kind to inform me, which kind of information do you need for authorization, otherwise I’m not quite well in editing and do not know how to create the tag.

Best, Kemal

Here are all the copyright tags: Wikipedia:Image copyright tags. You should always include the source of the image (a URL if from on the web, if you took the photo say "I took this photo"). If you need assistance in determining the copyright, there are links on that page to help with that as well. Also, when adding your comments on a talk page, you should sign your comments using ~~~~. It helps to identify you and will help others in responding to you. MECUtalk 16:19, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Talk page[edit]

How do I respond to another user's query on my "talk" page? I can't find a link to accomplish this...

You can just reply underneath the message on your talk page (edit the [edit] button), you can visit the user's talk page and start a new section and reply there, or you can do both - leave a message on their talk page and make a note on your talk page. The choice is up to you, but some users will say which option they prefer on their talk page. Cheers, Tangotango 17:12, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Use the "Edit this page" tab at the top of the page. — Reinyday, 17:22, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
I'm rather curious how so many people don't have the "edit this page" link while using Wikipedia. What web browser/OS are they using? --Kainaw (talk) 19:23, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


locations of the editors[edit]

Hello

I need to know how to find out the locations of the people who have done edits (like those in the history logs) for a mag article. someone helped me out and told me i can use the editors' names or else IP adress to go to their section in the USERS section and it will tell me their location. BUT! i can't find this "users" section anywhere... presumably once there, i can type in a name and it will tell me their location. can someone please help me find it, and explain it so a very simple person could not mess it up. that'd be perfect for me. much appreciated.

-JADM

We have nothing that comprehensive. In the 'history' section of each article, the user's name is listed along with their contribution. If you click on that user's name, you will be taken to that editor's user page. Many editors, not all, include their origin and/or current location on their user page. Does that make more sense to you? Another way you can see someone's user page is by clicking on the wikilink of their name in their signed contributions on talk pages. If you click my linked name at the bottom of this entry you will see information about me. Not all editors give personal information on their userpages. Anchoress 19:19, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Edit Conflict

There is no such section that allows you to type in a name and get a location. Even with an IP address, you are just guessing at a location. For example, if the IP address comes up as AOL, what is the location? What if it is MSN? What if it is a military IP address? The Internet does not provide a means of locating a person from an IP address - and especially not from a username. That is why FISA was ammended in the USA Act, which was ammended in the USA PATRIOT Act to give the government authority to get a warrant to ask Internet Service Providers for a person's name and address during investigations. They wouldn't need a special law for it if any person out on the Internet could go to a special user page and get that information. --Kainaw (talk) 19:22, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

THANKS! for that. so if i click a user name or IP address and something other than a user page pops up, that means that the user has not created a user page and has not disclosed her or his location anywhere, correct?

Creating an account does not mean a person created a user page. Creating a user page does not mean a person disclosed their location. Disclosing one's location does not mean a person is telling the truth. --Kainaw (talk) 19:42, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

right, but if a user at any point in their wikipediaing decided to put a location for themselves (real or fictional), i would see it by clicking their name, and if i click their name and something other than a page telling me what they put as their location (truthfully or not) pops up (such as just a list of their contributions), then that means they have not put a location for themselves anywhere, correct? (thanks for this)

Not quite. If you see a list of a user's contributions, you're on their 'contributions' page. The contributions page is not a default substitute for a userpage, it's something else that you get into another way. There's one window, I think it's when you're looking at versions, where clicking someone's username takes you to their contributions. Anchoress 19:58, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


ah. if clicking their names is not the way to someone's userpage (assuming it exists), is there a way to enter a user name (or IP address) and get to their user page, simply and tidily? i've been clicking names and/or simply substituting them in in the address bar, but often i am taken to these "contributions" pages. if you could send me a link to a place where i can access user pages (or if they don't exist then be told so definitively), that would save my sunday. thank you people.

Clicking the names in the 'history' page and in the talk pages is the way to get to userpages. All editors have userpages, but many editors have not customised their userpages. The URL prefix is: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User: with the username appended to the end directly after the colon. Usernames with spaces, punctuation or special characters are more challenging, because the HTTP encoding for URLs is unique. But for IP addresses and single-word or under_scored usernames, you should be able to just type them in. But under most circumstances clicking the wikilink of an editor will take you to her/his userpage. Anchoress 20:09, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
Sorry, the hyperlink didn't translate perfectly. Here's mine: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User:Anchoress and just substitute a different name for mine. Anchoress 20:10, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


right, ok, but when i replace yours and put in, for example, snak3ater (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User:Snak3ater) or when i put in IP adress 172.188.35.77 (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User:172.188.35.77), i am taken to things other than user pages...and this happens for the large majority of ones i am trying. so, for these two people for example, do user pages not exist? does this mean that they used to exist but no longer exist?

You are being taken to userpages, but there's just nothing on them. I noticed snak3ater (and btw usernames are case sensitive) has no contributions. Where did you get that username? The IP address user has made contributions but just hasn't had any edits to her/his user page. Anchoress 20:35, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


i got it here

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Zinedine_Zidane&offset=20060709202447&action=history

i'm supposed to verify this paper i have with a bunch of locations for these users (the first 40 after 20:19) is correct. the only ones here that go smoothly is Joshlmay and Gunray...everyone else i'm taken to "User contribution" pages...but for SNAK3ATER i can know definitively that he/she has given no location, but for the ones that take me to "contribution" pages they still might have userpages somewhere i just can't seem to get to, eh?...hmm. by the way these people aren't to be assassinated or anything, this is for a stupid magazine article and i'm a lowly fact checker is all. and you are much appreciated.

OK, got it. The confusion came because that user's username is all caps (SNAK3ATER), which returns a different userpage than the ones you were linking to. If you check that user's page, you'll see s/he hasn't edited his/her userpage, but there's something on the discussion page. The short answer is this: a) with the ip addresses your best bet is to record them and do a WHOIS lookup. b) with the usernames, I'd suggest leaving notes on their discussion pages (click on their names, go to the 'discussion' tab and leave a message exactly the same way you did here) asking them to tell you where they are, in confidence if they wish. On your userpage (and please sign your posts in the future, using the 'sign your name' link below the edit window), you can activate your email feature, and they can email you privately. Anchoress 20:49, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


ok...cool. that's www.whois.net eh? ok cool. well thanks a lot for all of this help. very nice of you.JADM11 21:05, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

No probs. Good luck. Anchoress 21:13, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Adding a tribute to Joyce Kilmer entry[edit]

To Whom It May Concern: I am the author of Joyce Kilmer, A Literary Biography (Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 00-102725; ISBN: 0-615-11175-0; copyright 2000) I would like to add the Preface of my book as a "tribute" link to the Wikipedia entry for Joyce Kilmer. My link website is www.write-fitcomm.com I feel the Preface to my work presents Kilmer in light of the words of his contempories and that it presents your readers with some bibliographical material that will enable them to get more information on Kilmer if they so desire. That Preface is as follows:

textdump struck out - see history
  • The preface, while a lovely piece of writing, is inadmissible. First, it is in the first person, which is incongruous with a communal encyclopedia. Second, our neutral point of view policy strictly forbids text that advances a certain bias as truth. This results in stodgy but ultimately more maintainable articles. Your efforts are still very much appreciated, and we hope you will continue to contribute to Wikipedia. Deltabeignet 20:50, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


I share an Ip of a vandal[edit]

What does that mean I should do and how do I avoid blocking for having an IP. assoiated with a vandal?

--Jak 19:58, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
Call your ISP (Internet Service Provider) and ask for instructions on releasing and re-setting your IP address. Anchoress 20:12, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
My understanding is that if you sign is with a username, you can use an IP address that has been blocked as a vandal. If that is true, just create a user account. It is easy and free and a hell of a lot better than dealing with an ISP. --Kainaw (talk) 21:05, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
That isn't true, apparently, since I remember another user having problems with that (he had an account but his school was blocked). So unless things have changed and Natalya's idea is correct (and standard), you might still encounter problems, unfortunately. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 23:42, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

There is now an option for administrators that when blocking an IP address, they can choose to only block anonymous users. Providing the blocking admin chooses this option, it should cut down on the collateral damage that comes from blocking an IP. -- Natalya 23:26, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

Re: blocking anon users for an IP or range; I saw the page where this was being discussed two weeks or so ago; from what I understand it's a proposed policy that hasn't been adopted yet. But I really don't remember where I saw it, it might have been in someone's user space, or it might be policy now. Aah... I think this is the proposal; it looks like it failed. Anchoress 23:49, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

The option is there when you block an IP address. Whether it functions I can't say. Rich Farmbrough 15:08 15 August 2006 (GMT).


Article on "John Sherf"[edit]

I submirtted a biographical article on "John Sherf" some time ago. I happened to check it today and I observed that while the term <Calumet High School> was underlined, it was in red indicating there was no URL link provided. I looked up the public website for the school and attempted to edit my article, providing the URL to that schools official website. I immediately received a reply saying that my edit was a candidate for a "quick deletion". I'm curious why...or if I provided the link in an incorrect way. Let me know by e-mail <removed for protection> —Preceding unsigned comment added by PFGaecke (talkcontribs)

Another editor might have thought that your edit was advertisement, non-notable, or otherwise un-encyclopaedic. If you want to fix the article to better fit Wikipedia's guidelines, place the {{hangon}} template on the page and write up an explanation as soon as possible why you feel that the article deserves to remain (such as "I am in the process of researching more to keep NPOV"). If your explanation is sound, the article will remain long enough for you to put your reasons and make the article worthwhile. If not, you can propose that the article go through the regular deletion process which allows for discussion before action.
As a note, also, Wikipedia is copied and distributed extensively and therefore posting your email address is making it very public. Therefore, I've removed it for your security. Also, please remember to sign your posts on discussion pages like this one with four tildes (~~~~), which adds your name and the date and time of your post. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 23:37, 13 August 2006 (UTC)
The page you created at Calumet High School is a candidate for speedy deletion because it meets two of the speedy deletion criteria: it consists solely of an external link, and is considered "empty" by the standards we use. If you want to fill the redlink you should write an actual stub, which should provide enough context for readers to know what the subject is, and preferably provide a basis for expansion. So at a minimum "Calumet High School is a high school in City, County" would probably save the article from being speedy deleted, and to be a good encyclopaedia stub, not just a Yellow Pages entry, you should include a few interesting details like "It has x students", "It was founded in x", "It is famous for its high intake of Eskimos / champion lacrosse team, the Flying Hamsters / godawful smell" (strike out all that do not apply). You'll find Wikipedia:Stub and Wikipedia:Your first article very useful reading. --Sam Blanning(talk) 23:39, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Becoming admin/peer review[edit]

I'm not sure where to ask this, but here goes. I'd like to maybe be an admin here in the future (I don't want to now, and I don't think i'm experienced enough or well-versed in all areas) and I may have made some mistakes along the way in trying out WP and am curious if that could derail my chances of becoming an admin. Is there any sort of peer review or advise board or page where I could ask a few admins to look at my general contributions to see if I may have a chance at being an admin and that my earlier actions haven't hurt me? I'd really appreciate any feedback. Burgwerworldz 23:43, 13 August 2006 (UTC)

A visit to editor review would be good if you're interested in seeing what other editors think of you (and is often a good way to gauge potential for RfA). If you made mistakes as a newbie but learned from them and made a genuine effort to avoid further mistakes, you shouldn't have a problem. I don't think it's at all realistic to expect perfection from Day 1 - we wouldn't have any admins if that were the case, I think. I'd suggest really just keeping good faith and keeping any past mistakes in mind for the future. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 23:50, 13 August 2006 (UTC)


Biography: Todd S. Loren[edit]

Todd Stuart Loren (nee Stuart Loren Shapiro) was born on January 14, 1960, in Detroit, Michigan. As a child he was very creative making home made comic books as well as animated movies which won him a prize at an Ann Arbor Film Festival at the age of 13. When Todd was 16, he was a comic book collector. He spent so much of his allowence on comic books that his father encouraged him to put on his own comic book collectors convention. His father fronted him $200.00 to rent a hall and and Todd made up flyers and with the help of friends distributed them all over Detroit and suburbs.

The "comicon" was a tremendous success. Todd bought all the comics he wanted, made a lot of money and paid off his dad. From that point on, there was no stopping him. While continuing to put on his comic book conventions, he also put on record collector conventions. Soon the Detroit area was not a big enough venue for him and he expanded to other cities as well. First it was nearby Chicago and Cleveland. Later he covered most of the west coast, with occasional forays out west to Los Angeles, San Francisco, and San Diego.

At the he bought a house in a Detroit suburb. Soon he felt constricted by the Detroit area and by the age of 22 moved to San Diego Where he

Is there a question you're trying to ask? If you want to start an article, Help:Starting a new page is a good place to start as well as Wikipedia:Your first article. If you have a question, please restate it. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 00:37, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


question about naming articles[edit]

hello there,

i have a question about article naming etiquette. specifically, i am interested in creating an article about a band, named "electro quarterstaff." should the article name be Electro Quarterstaff or Electro Quarterstaff (band)? there currently is no electro quarterstaff page, but perhaps someday someone would want to write an article about the weapon found in Rocket Robin Hood which the band is named after. does that make sense?

Machinebuster 00:41, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

Electro Quarterstaff (band) to be safe. It might be unnecessary, but it'll save someone having to rename it if the weapon article is ever written. Anchoress 00:45, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


(editconflict)Hi Machinebuster. Basically, just put it in Electro Quarterstaff if u want, and if and when another article comes along, it can easily be moved. It's up to you. But if you want to be good now, you can make it at Electro Quarterstaff (band), and make Electro Quaterstaff a redirect.. Let me know how it goes. --Deon555|talk|e|Review Me! :D 00:49, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


WP talk pages to Commons images[edit]

On August 6 I posted a question regarding what to do with various image talk pages. One of these was Image talk:386DX40 MB Jaguar V.jpg (this now-deleted edit). I was told content like that should be speedied under {{db-talk}}. But I now learned the following: You may not think it by clicking on the red "image" tab (it brings you to this url), but that image does exist in Commons (as evidenced by this WP url) and is likely used on Wikipedia. The deleted talk page may have had valid discussion. Should it be undeleted even though it technically doesn't have a corresponding image page on en? —BazookaJoe 01:56, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

  • I believe it should be undeleted. — Reinyday, 04:57, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Wiki WAP?[edit]

Is there a way to access Wikipedia without viewing the images too? Preferably, just a text version? (For use on WAP enabled cell phones.) I don't need the search box--I can just type in the page myself. CoolGuy 02:14, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

Viewing Wikipedia on PDA sized displays is mentioned at Wikipedia:Browser notes#PDA & cell phone browsers, and Wikipedia:Wikipedia on PDAs which it references. Also see http://www.en.wapedia.org which may be exactly what you're looking for. -- Rick Block (talk) 03:34, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Now I will reading and editing Wikipedia nonstop. Thank you! CoolGuy 03:50, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


What was Wikipedia's first article?[edit]

Like, an actual article, not a project page or the main page.

That'd generally be a question for the reference desk, but I'm pretty sure I know the answer off the top of my head -- check History of Wikipedia, where I'm almost dead sure it's mentioned. Luna Santin 02:24, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Here's some more detail: Wikipedia:Wikipedia's oldest articles CoolGuy 03:31, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


User info boxes[edit]

Where can I find a list of the info boxes that people often use on their personal pages. (i.e. en: this user is a native speaker of English...) Thanks! CoolGuy 03:30, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

The largest central listing would probably be WP:BOX. The language ones in particular are usually called Babel boxes, but alltogether, the whole group are known as userboxes. You should be aware that there's an ongoing controversy about userboxes; see the German solution. :) Luna Santin 03:32, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
That's the link I was looking for. Thanks! (WP:GUS is quite interesting too.) CoolGuy 03:46, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Standards Page for Towns[edit]

Is there a standardized way to create pages about a certain city or town? Perhaps a template page. OPaul 03:57, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

Wikipedia:WikiProject Cities has all the good details :) --Hetar 04:00, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Specialist (Rank)[edit]

I re-wrote a paragraph in the Specialist (Rank) article as follows:

"In 1955, four grades of Speciaist were established: Specialist Third Class (E-4), Specialist Second Class (E-5), Specialist First Class (E-6), and Master Specialist (E-7) similar to the Petty Officer grades of the Navy and Coast Guard. When the (so-called) Super Grades (E-8 and E-9) were introduced in 1958, the Specialist grade titles were changed to Specialist Four through Specialist Seven; Specialist Eight and Specialist Nine were added on top; each such grade parallelled the corresponding grade of non-commissioned officer (E-4 through E-9) in terms of pay, but without the NCO authority conferred on the latter."

The article as written suggests that the E-8 and E-9 (super) grades existed in 1955 -- they did not.

I would have saved my changes, but I noticed protocols for marking up pages and didn't want to screw things up so I'm advising you of my corrections here.

e-mail address removed

  • Please be bold and update the page. — Reinyday, 05:02, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Using three of my photos, but they're also on my site[edit]

I have two spectacular high-res photos of fireworks that I would like to add to the firework article. I was about to upload the 500 KB JPG files and trying to figure out what copyright-related tag I need. I then saw the banner that images on websites or es shouldn't be posted here. Thing is, it's on my website as part of my blog on how I process fireworks each year and it's also my photo. I would also like to explain a bit more about consumer fireworks as well (possibly as a new article linked to from the firework article) such as how they are lit and stuff (and I have some good photos of this process as well, again a good chunk of the content is on my website). What do I do in this case?

Ulillillia 06:44, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

The message you saw means that people shouldn't just find images on the Internet and upload them to Wikipedia without the copyright holder's consent. If you are the photographer, however, then you hold the copyright, and you are welcome to upload your photos to Wikipedia, as long as you are willing to release them under a free license. You should consider uploading the photos to the Wikimedia Commons instead, though, so that all Wikimedia projects can use them (not just the English Wikipedia). —Bkell (talk) 06:48, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, you are welcome to edit any article in Wikipedia. Simply click the "edit this page" tab at the top of the article. If you think you have enough information to start a new article on consumer fireworks, you can simply use the title of the new article in a sentence somewhere and surround it with double square brackets (like I did in this sentence). This will create a red link, which means that the article hasn't been written yet. You can then click on the link to begin editing the article. —Bkell (talk) 06:51, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, its worth noting that someone may find the photos on your blog and request a copyright review. To keep this from being a problem, send an email to permissions at wikimedia dot org from an email address that would be recognized as coming from that website and state which photos you're releasing and under which free license. Alternately, you can list the licensing you're choosing on the blog. Either way, it will confirm you as the owner of the photos and their licensing and head off issues later on Shell babelfish 07:14, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
I have three more photos yet to add and I'm starting on the article about consumer fireworks. However, I do have some uncertainties in some of the facts about them. What do I do in this case? Post it when I have considerable certainty on it, or just leave it out? Ulillillia 07:52, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
All facts on Wikipedia should be able to be verified by reliable sources. It can be quite dangerous writing from your personal knowledge, as even if true it may not be verifiable (Wikipedia:Verifiability states that verifiability, not truth, is the key to including information here). If you're uncertain about something, you should try and find a reliable source that confirms it, otherwise leave it out. --Sam Blanning(talk) 14:44, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Images[edit]

I have two pictures that I posted on my page but cannot figure out the tags that I need to put on them so that they are not deleted. I have tried to follow the guidelines but still seem to be getting nowhere. What exactly do I need to put on my pictures? And where exactly do I need to put it?

Where did you get the pictures? Did you make them yourself, scan them, find them online, or another source? --Gray Porpoise 14:59, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Obtaining a copyright holder's consent[edit]

If an image copyright holder consents to use via email, what are the next steps in the procedure prior to using the image?--Scribner 15:15, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

Send an email to permissions at wikimedia dot org. Be sure to include what file you are referring to. Get more info here.--NMajdantalk 16:40, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks!--Scribner 16:57, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


abortion[edit]

As someone who has contributed to the clinical information and political commentary on the abortion issue during the past 35 years, I would like to forward information to Simion Pulsifer so that he may have access to it if he wishes to edit or write contributions to Wikipedia about this subject.

 He may contact me at:
  Warren M. Hern, M.D., M.P.H., Ph.D.
  Director
  Boulder Abortion Clinic
  Boulder, Colorado 80304  
  303 447-1361   email [email redacted]
  website:  www.drhern.com   see "News and publications"
 
Thank you.
  Warren M. Hern, M.D.   Warren M. Hern
I've removed your email address to prevent spam robots from stealing your address. You ought to remove your other details, but at least they won't be stolen automatically. What is it that you want us to do? Wikipedia is an encyclopedia. There is no reason that Simion Pulsifer should look here to find your address, and there is no reason that Wikipedia should contact him. If you want to bother him, do so yourself. —Daniel (‽) 16:55, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
The best way to contact SimonP is to leave a note on his talk page, or email. I will drop him a note about your message here so he knows about it :-) --Commander Keane 18:48, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Hello, and thank you for you offer. However, I really do not work in this area and I have no scientific or medical background. The best idea might be to contact someone at Wikipedia:WikiProject Abortion/Participants and ask if they would be interested. - SimonP 19:26, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Is it possible?[edit]

I'm curious...

Is it possible for someone to find your IP address when you are logged on? Is it possible for someone to find your home city through your IP addresss?

Thanks.--BoWavem0n 19:03, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

I believe the administrators have tools to check users' IP addresses, but they won't use them to violate your privacy and I don't think normal users have that ability. So overall, no, nobody will be able to figure out where you live just from Wikipedia, if that's what you're worried about. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 19:06, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
(after edit conflict)
Only trusted users with Wikipedia:Checkuser capabilities can find out the IP of a logged-in user, which is only done in case of sockpuppet suspicion. —Daniel (‽) 19:09, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
(antoher edit conflict -same answer though)
Only some admins have the checkuser status that allows them to see IP{ adresses. If you are logge3d in noone will be able to trace your IP. If they do find it then there is little chance it will be traced to you. See here for the wikimedia foundations privacy policy to allay your fears... --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 19:12, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Admins with Checkuser permission are in the extreme minority - just the Arbitration Committee and a few other trusted users. You can see the current list at Special:Listusers/checkuser. --Sam Blanning(talk) 19:30, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Lost Password[edit]

I've forgotten my password, and since I've requested that it be e-mailed to me multiple times, I can only assume I forgot to set an e-mail address for this purpose. Since I now have to create a new account, is there any way my old account can be deleted so that I can use my same login name?

No, sorry. If you have done any edits, the account cannot be deleted for copyright reasons. If you have not done any edits with the old account you can ask for that account to be moved and you can make a new one where it was. To do that go to Wikipedia:Username changes. —Daniel (‽) 20:28, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


"Planned articles"[edit]

Two questions -- one, can someone tell me what the tag is for an article that is currently under revision (flagging it to be sure it is not nominated for deletion)? I've seen it around, but can't find it right now. Two, what is the best protocol to patrol pages such as El Rancho Charter School (NOTE: the preceding link is to a historical version of the article) which were created without content? I suppose technically they can be tagged as SPD and the user told that articles should be fully developed before placing in the encyclopedia space, but I wanted to be sure. I'd flag it with the tag I'm requesting, but I'm not certain that's really the right protocol. Thanks. --CPAScott 21:22, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

Hey Scott (remember me from the Erie Canal table). I think you mean Template:Inuse. There's an explanation for the template on it's page, but briefly, it's to prevent edit conflicts or people overlapping each others work. As to the school pages, it's hard to say w/o being able to see the deleted page (perhaps an admin can glance at it an offer more specific advice). I can't see any speedy deletion criteria that schools meet. You can try prodding them if they're nursery schools and such. Larger schools are more controversial and probably ought to be taken to AfD. High schools are forever controversial, but they tend to be kept. Hope that answers your question.--Kchase T 21:51, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Right answer, wrong question. The tag you're looking for is {{db-empty}}.--Kchase T 21:54, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Nope. The Template:Inuse tag was exactly it. Thanks. I didn't tag the El Rancho article for speedy deletion, someone else did. Best, --CPAScott 23:12, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
  • It is valid to delete a completely empty article, but once a school article exists, it is rarely deleted as it is part of WikiProject Schools. — Reinyday, 00:37, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Uploading new versions of pictures.[edit]

If I improve upon a diagram slightly, then upload the improved version, should I use the same file name that the original had or a different file name? --Amanaplanacanalpanama 22:28, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

It depends on the copyright status of the original image, and what copyright you are willing (or required) to release your works under. But it also matters if your improvements are intended to display the exact information, if someone could possibly ever want the older version, or it really is just a slight improvement with no general change in the image (like you cleaned up some whitespace, or compressed an image, etc). I'd also check with the original uploaded to see if they would mind if you replaced the image with yours. To be on the safe side, you could just renamed it "-v2" and replace the instances you want to use the improvements on. Uploading with the exact same filename will replace the original image with yours in all instances it is used (see the What links here on the image). MECUtalk 22:48, 14 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you, Mecu --amanaplanacanalpanama 03:59, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


User renaming[edit]

Is there any way I can change my username? -- Blarrrg 23:41, 14 August 2006 (UTC)

There sure is. See Wikipedia:Changing username. It's important to note that you can only change to a name that's not yet created -- so don't start the account you want to switch to. I'm not sure how long the wait is, but my impression is that they're pretty good about meeting good-faith requests. :) Luna Santin 23:43, 14 August 2006 (UTC)


Jump to line[edit]

Say I go to a diff of an article and see that a user made a typo around line 200 or so. Is there any easy way to find this line or this typo other than scrolling through the article on the edit page looking for it? -- Blarrrg 01:14, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

If the article is seperated into sections with headings, you can click "edit" on the right hand side of the screen next to the heading for the section you want to edit. 67.169.212.172 01:59, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
You could use your browser's "find" option, possibly (usually CTRL+F or Apple+F) to find either that word or a word around it. Unfortunately I don't think there's an internal way to jump to a particular line. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 02:10, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Updates[edit]

Where can I find out about updates to Wikipedia regarding its software (i.e. now articles can only be created by logged users, etc)? Maybe there's a mailing list? How about ideas that are in progress or under discussion.

By the way, to everyone here, I've found this page very helpful. Thank you all so much! --CoolGuy 02:31, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

The central place for current news on Wikipedia is the Wikipedia:Community Portal. There are also several mailing lists, see Wikipedia:Mailing lists.
Hmm -- there's not quite any one place that I'd call the place for talk. Important areas large numbers of poeple may watch would probably include the Community Portal, Administrators' noticeboard, Village pump, the mailing lists, and finally Wikipedia:Centralized discussion. Depending on what you're looking for, you can probably find some of it, or a link to it, from one of those areas; at least, that's my experience, so far. :) Luna Santin 02:49, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Going bananas -- and asking for help from original writer[edit]

Hello,

I'm a new contributor and I imagine some of my contributions will simply be grammar and logic for articles that I run across and believe I can improve. That's happened today with Bananas:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Banana

In this paragraph, the last sentence is very confusing:

"Cultivated bananas are sterile (parthenocarpic), meaning that they do not produce viable seeds. Lacking seeds, another form of propagation is required. This involves removing and transplanting part of the underground stem (called a corm). Usually this is done by carefully removing a sucker (a vertical shoot that develops from the base of the banana pseudostem) with some roots intact. However, small sympodial corms, representing not yet elongated suckers, are harder to transplant and can be left out of the ground for up to 2 weeks; they require minimal care and can be boxed together for shipment."

It starts with "However". Then says small corms are harder to transplant -- a negative -- follow by several positives -- "can be left out of the ground for up to 2 weeks", require minimal care, can be boxed together.

And if they're harder to transplant, it's odd that they require minimal care.

All of this is beyond my knowledge but presumably within the knowledge of the original writer. Is there a procedure for either asking that writer, or unobtrusively flagging the paragraph so that someone can make it a little smoother?

And a second question: I have a photographic website that shows the life cycle of the banana. Is it permissible to list the gallery as a link? My website is popular enough that I'm not doing it to increase traffic. Frankly, I don't care if people visit, but it is relevant information. http://www.kleptography.com/gallery-bananagrove.htm

I look forward to your advice to keep me on a community track.

Thank you.

Don —Preceding unsigned comment added by Don Ellis (talkcontribs)

You can either contact the author(s) on his/her/their talk page(s) or leave a note on the article's talk page itself. You could also label the article or section with {{cleanup}} or a more specific cleanup template, if you feel the article in general needs a good once-over. I would suggest starting with the article's talk page, and if that doesn't yield any results asking one of the more prominent contributors directly about it.
As for your website, I'd also suggest asking about that one the talk page to develop a little consensus. It would probably be okay, but since it seems slightly self-serving to post your own website (whether or not that's the intent) it would be better to get another opinion to back up your claims first. Better safe then sorry, I guess.
Welcome to Wikipedia, at any rate - we're glad to have you ^_^ —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 03:40, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
  • I think if you use {{Cleanup}}, no one will know what the problem is. It would be better to use {{Cleanup-section}} or {{Expert}}. Also, a post on the talk page should get editors who are monitoring the page motivated to fix it. — Reinyday, 06:21, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Logging out -- need to clear username[edit]

When I have been editing Wikipedia while logged in, and then log out, and then click on "Sign in/create account" again, I notice that my username is still there. This is fine when I'm using my own computer, but what about when someone is using a more public computer? If you don't want the next person using the computer to know your Wikipedia username, how can you clear that out? --Metropolitan90 04:25, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

  • That would involve clearing the browser cache, which depends on which browser you're using. — Reinyday, 06:15, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


[edit]

Can you please advise how we go about changing some company information on your site. I am writing in reference to Jaycar Electronics. The logo on the site is not current. We need to replace this along with some company detail.

Please email to e-mail removed

  • You may click the "edit this page" tab at the top of the page of the article. Click the "Help" button on the left for help in uploading an image. — Reinyday, 06:12, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Question[edit]

How i may promoution my site with helped yours service

  • Sorry, you cannot promote your site with the Wikipedia. Best of luck. — Reinyday, 06:10, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Adding page to WP:AfD[edit]

Hey, I've been going through and adding non-notable vanity press-published books to AfD. I added three without problems, but for whatever reason I cannot add Red Prophet (Macias) correctly. I added afd1 to the article and afd2 to it's deletion entry just fine, but I cannot add afd3 to today's Articles for Deletion log. ((subst:afd3|pg=Red Prophet (Macias))) (with {{}} in place of (())) seems like it should be correct, but it produces:

{{Wikipedia:Articles for deletion/Red Prophet (Macias)}}

which is correct, except it fails to copy the title of the article and just runs it into the previous item on the AfD page. If I'm not making the problem clear, try to add it yourself and see what's produced. This is weird, because using this exact process to list three other articles just minutes ago worked fine. Anyone know what's wrong? Thanks. -Elmer Clark 06:12, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

  • You don't want the pipe ( | ) at the very beginning before the "subst". — Reinyday, 06:13, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you, but even without that pipe I experience the same problem. -Elmer Clark 08:53, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
I fixed it for you. For some reason this page didn't have the right formatting. (I guess you didnt use {{afd2}} on that page). The afd3 bit you posted is correct it wass just that page that was wrong --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:14, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

PS I nowiki'ed the AFDtranscluson above so as not to mess up formatting :D --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:14, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

Ah, that makes sense. Thanks a lot for clearing it up. How silly of me :) -Elmer Clark 09:18, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
No problems, sometimes the obvious answer is also the silliest one. I do it all the time :D --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:20, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Can I get everything on CD or DVD?[edit]

I would like to get all of WikiMedia, in all languages, on a set of DVD's. Is this possible to order? And how much does it cost? Thanks, David Broderick (e-mail removed)—Preceding unsigned comment added by 194.209.146.45 (talkcontribs)

Unfortunately this is not available at the moment. The closest thing to what you might want is Wikipedia:Version_1.0 but that is only for enwiki not all of wikimedia and also is not yet finished (if it ever will be!!) --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 09:16, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


technical problem[edit]

Hello,

I'm a french scientist. I would like to present some features of science. Appearently it is possible to include sketches, drawings, equations, curves, anything in the free encyclopedia. I suppose there are some restriction. If not, many people would add a lot of heavy pictures ti their texts.

How could I include illustrations ? I suppose this could be controlled by the Wikipedia team.

By the way I have written 25 poplar books, translated into 22 langages. See :

http://www.savoir-sans-frontieres.com

118 album presented with free download and no publicity. It is just ... free ( I am 69, retired ).

I offer all these album to Wikipedia, if you accept to include it in your pages. If desired you even remove my name and the name of the association. We don' ask for anything back. The goel is to give scientific knowledge to as many peolple as possible.

We could sign a contrax where this authorisation would be given, in a clear way. Now, my albums are no longer copyrighted.

About the pictures, is it a solution ?

Thanks by advance

Pr JEan-Pierre Petit —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Jean Pierre Petit (talkcontribs) 07:55, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

  • Hello Jean Pierre. We would love to have more diagrams and illustrations. If you would like to create them, and release them for free use, please follow the instructions at Special:Upload or preferably release them at the Commons. You cannot use images that you have published in your books, since that would be a copyright violation, but you can create mew images for the Wikipedia. We look forward to seeing them! — Reinyday, 20:14, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Actually, maybe you can release your published work. I'll defer to someone else, who may know more on the details. — Reinyday, 20:16, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Featured portal candidates[edit]

Hey everyone. Is there any place to advertise or inform a featured portal candidate, since this portal hasn't got many comments to reach the consensus. WP:FPCAN. Cheers, take care -- Imoeng 08:41, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


greetings[edit]

Apparently I have been banned, although I have spent the grand total of 1 hour looking through your site.

I tried contacting Masza13, but the webpage I was directed to told me I couldn't leave a message because I was banned, or words to that effect.. which is a catch22, I believe. Hence my appearence here. (By the way, it really is quite difficult to find an email to contact people on this site directly with.)

Apparently the IP 202.7.166.173 has been hard at work.

my email is !!!Email removed to prevent spam!!! ,and yes, I'm with the apparently troublesome TPG.com Perhaps if you could load me up with some technical details, I can attack them as well.

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Your user name or IP address has been blocked from editing. You were blocked by Misza13 for the following reason (see our blocking policy): vandalism

Your IP address is 202.7.166.173. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

regards Adrian K http://members.ozemail.com.au/~classblu/ —Preceding unsigned comment added by Musodata (talkcontribs)

You block expires in 9 hours. If you do not wish to wait put {{unblock}} on your talk page and provide a reason why you think yous hould be unblocked. ViridaeTalk 09:56, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, you can email any user (which has enabled his email) by going to his userpage and clicking on "email this user" in the box to the left. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 20:38, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Linkspam[edit]

Is this linkspam? Can I have a second opinion from someone? AndyJones 12:28, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

I would say so. Go ahead and get rid :D --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 12:52, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
Done, thank you. AndyJones 12:56, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Newbie: unsure about disambiguation[edit]

There is an existing page called FlyBuys. A variant Fly Buys also redirects there. I want to do the following: set up a disambiguation page which will link to new pages called FlyBuys (Australia) or Fly Buys (New Zealand) and I'm getting confused about exactly how to go about it. Many thanks in anticipation! Murtoa 13:30, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

I wrote a draft about this sort of thing the other day at Wikipedia:Disambiguation/Case_study. Maybe it will help, if not ask more questions here (or maybe someone else will give you a better answer :-))--Commander Keane 13:36, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
Actually maybe that explanation isn't appropriate. After some discussion (which you may have already done) you could:
  1. move FlyBuys to FlyBuys (Australia). Then create Fly Buys (New Zealand). Then edit FlyBuys which now redirects to the Australia page, and turn it into a disambiguation page.
  2. Just start Fly Buys (New Zealand) and place a note at the top of FlyBuys saying "For the New Zealand set up, see Fly Buys (New Zealand)"--Commander Keane 13:45, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


French Translation of the Lord's Prayer[edit]

Your translation is incorrect. I am a French Catholic and first of all we do not use the informal tu which is reflected in your translation, but Vous. Notre Pere qui etes au ciel que votre nom soit sanctifie, que votre regne arrive, que votre volonte soit faite sur la terre comme au ciel, donnez nous aujourdhui notre pain de chaque jour, pardonnez nous nos offenses comme nous le pardonnons a ceux qui nous ont offenses, ne nous laissez pas succomber a la tentation, maid delivrez nous du mal, ainsi soit-il.—Preceding unsigned comment added by 70.60.184.254 (talkcontribs)

Hi, Im not sure what your reffering to here but there is no french translation on the english wikipedia. If you mean the french wikipedia (http://fr.wikipedia.org) then you need to ask there as different people work on that :D PS dont forget to sign your posts by typing 4 tildes: ~~~~ --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 13:58, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
Actually there is: The Lord's Prayer in different languages. ViridaeTalk 14:02, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
That said, I can see neither tu nor Vous in the prayer. ViridaeTalk 14:04, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
The second person and "ton" and "ta" are used throughout. Sam Korn (smoddy) 14:09, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
I don't know enough french to know that :( ViridaeTalk 14:12, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
The translation is Wikimedia-consistent. The French Wikisource article s:fr:Notre Père also uses the second-person forms. Sam Korn (smoddy) 14:16, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

Ooops I didnt get that far. I only made it to the main article... :( --Errant Tmorton166(Talk)(Review me) 14:18, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

I'm interested that you wouldn't use the 'tu' form for this, as English uses the 'thou' form which was once equivalent. Martin Luther's German translation work uses 'du' and not 'Sie'. I thought this was common? How interesting. That should probably feature somewhere in Wikipedia. Skittle 15:03, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
Curiouser and curiouser. Some site on the Catholic church in France thinks you use 'tu'. Skittle 15:09, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
And to cap the weirdness, the Vatican Itself (go to the end of the page) disagrees with you and uses the 'tu' form. It is sort of purposefully done, since you are calling god 'Father'... Skittle 15:19, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Animal pictures for Book[edit]

14:55, 15 August 2006 (UTC)208.21.172.158As I read, it is OK to copy pictures from Wikipedia. Is that correct?

208.21.172.158 14:55, 15 August 2006 (UTC)Barbara~~Yardman––14:55, 15 August 2006 (UTC)~

Unless the image's page says it is copyrighted by someone else (or it has no tag), you are free to use it. Remember, though, that you still must give credit to the author. --Gray Porpoise 15:21, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Redirect from Page Cocceius[edit]

On webpage, http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cocceius&redirect=no

I edited that page to include a redirect to Johannes Cocceius, but that redirect does not show up. I used the form for the other redirect (Cocceius Auctus). That one works, but mine does not.

What have I done wrong?

Thanks,

216.19.11.159 15:45, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

You added the redirect below an existing redirect and a redirect can only redirect to one page - not two. I suggest you add a dismbiguation template to the top of Cocceius Auctus or turn http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cocceius&redirect=no into a disambiguation page. ViridaeTalk 15:52, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Images[edit]

I uploaded a picture from my computer that was scanned from a comic book and then cropped by me. Now someone says I need to put some sort of lisence or copyright on it. What should I do?

Firstly, sign your posts on talk/discussion pages. It makes it much easier to identify you. It can be done by putting four tildes (~~~~) at the end of your comment.
Secondly, you should know that most images from publications are subject to copyright which may prevent you from publishing them on the internet. I don't know enough about the various rules and restrictions to give you a full answer. Try and write exactly how you made the image, and why you think it should be on Wikipedia, and maybe you won't be deleted. —Daniel (‽) 17:20, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
When was the comic book published? The image is probably copyright protected and the copyright is probably owned by the comic book publisher. Most likely it is still protected and even though your scanned and cropped it that, at best, is a derivative work and you can't publish a derivative work without a license from the copyright owner/holder of the original work. It's probably an image we can't use - except for possibly under the very narrow terms of fair use. You should determine the holder of the copyright of the original image and tag your image with that information. If you want some help, post the information about the comic book from which you scanned the image and I'll see what I can do. Brian 17:24, 15 August 2006 (UTC)btball


Adding pictures and illustrations.[edit]

Hello!

How does one go about adding noncopyrighted pictures or illustration to the materials about which they are writing? Similarly materials that the person may wish to add but protect their copyright interest?

Kirk. L. Hurley Kirk L. Hurley 17:52, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

There's information on uploading and adding images at WP:IMAGE. --JD 18:02, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Referencing[edit]

I want to cite the journal article which is the source of some information I have added. The advice provided by the wikipedia help pages is confusing, containing various ideas and some sentences which make no sense to me. I think it is a good idea to have a link to click at the location of the information in question, that will take the reader to the reference from which this information was taken. Is this possible with Harvard Referencing? I have seen some sort of template where you fill in title =, journal =, url =, etc and this appears very useful; however it is not mentioned in the help guide.

Why is it that every time I try to use the help pages I'm confronted with a barrage of conflicting rubbish and am never able to find what I'm looking for? --Username132 (talk) 18:56, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

I can only suggest WP:CITE, but from the sound of it, you've probably already read that article. I'm sorry you're having so many problems, but I'm not familiar enough with citation that I think I could help you much more. Probably the reason it seems so unclear and contradictory is because Wikipedia does not, in general, have firmly set policies (NPOV, Verifiability, and Original Research aside), and thus many guidelines are purely different Wikipedians' opinions. I wish I could help you more, but maybe I'd be able to help you sort out the various help tables for something of use. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 19:37, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Once you have figured it out, please update the help pages so that others won't have the same confusion. — Reinyday, 20:23, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
It would take days for me to sort that mess out. I'm sure there are wikipedians who understand it already. I don't have a clue and getting a clue takes time I don't have. I'd rather spend time editting proper articles than trying to understand how things work behind the scenes. If wikipedia doesn't have set policies on referencing, then it should go about aqcuiring some :( --Username132 (talk) 09:52, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


translation chinese / Japanese[edit]

I was looking for the symbol or character that meant or reperesented the word "Player" and the word "free"... I wanted the chinese or Japanese characters/symbols that meant the corresponding meaning of the two english words/expressions above? Thanks....

There are many online Chinese dictionaries. Try http://www.zhongwen.com - type in an English word and it will show a list of similar Chinese characters. Note, it is rare in Chinese to use a single Character for anything. Most things are described by 2-4 characters. --Kainaw (talk) 19:56, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Improving a page[edit]

I just added a bunch of information to the page for the Wildlife Conservation Society. The only problem is, I'm not sure how to format it so it's as easy as other pages to navigate. For example creating the box at the top of the page that tells you the content within the page below, and turning notable names in the entry into links so that people can be redirected to the entry on them. I would prefer if there is someone you have who can make the changes themselves, but if need be you can tell me what to do and I will make an attempt. Thanks for your help and for your great website.

Mike66.28.37.1 19:22, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

Either you can tag it with {{wikify}} or you can do it yourself - the Table of Contents (which is what I think you're talking about) will create itself after a certain number of headings are made (four, I think?). The links can be made by adding double brackets around it. For example, [[Apple pie]] makes Apple pie. You can also change the link's text with a | (pipe symbol) like so: [[Pie|Apple pie]] which would give you Apple pie. For more information, try Help:Editing. Good luck! —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 19:33, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Selected article in portals?[edit]

If a portal has a selected article system set up that means that a new article is chosen once a week, is it then possible to make an archive page that automatically adds selected articles as they're dates pass. I realise that you can just put {{CURRENTMONTHNAME, 2018 (or whatever the page is called) on the archive page and it wont show up until the page is made, but what if the page is made a few weeks in advance so as to be ready.

Is there a way to do this? --chris_huh 20:29, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

To do something like that, you'd need a bot. Essjay's bot might be able to do it, if you ask him nicely. —Daniel (‽) 20:32, 15 August 2006 (UTC)


Can I move the Contents table around?[edit]

I currently have the contents box showing up in quite an odd spot on my entry. Is there a way for me to insert it somewhere other than between the introductory section of my entry and where the first H2 section appears?

See: Hunter Engineering Company

Thank you!

If you write __TOC__ at the point in the article at which you want the contents to appear then they'll be placed there. --Cherry blossom tree 21:47, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

Thanks!

  • I'm not sure what's so odd about it. It's the common place for a table of contents in Wikipedia articles. - Mgm|(talk) 08:41, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


Simple redirect.[edit]

How do I create an immediate redirect of "W. P. Haskett Smith" to "Walter Parry Haskett Smith"? So that someone asking for the first, gets the second? I tried to do it by creating a "W. P. Haskett Smith" article, but seem to have screwed it up. Thanks. Silentrunner 22:02, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

The redirect seems to be working fine, for me...is there a specific problem you have? —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 22:05, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
Try refreshing your browser by pressing Shift-F5. (Works like this in Firefox, and I believe IE as well) ColourBurst 22:13, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
On Internet Explorer, the hotkey for refreshing is simply F5, rather than Shift-F5. A refresh button can also be found under the "View" dropdown menu, and there is an icon of a piece of paper and two arrows going clockwise in the tab below the top. --Gray Porpoise 23:36, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
It bears noting that Shift+F5 should give a hard refresh (including reloading images) while F5 by itself should give a normal refresh, where cached information stays put. At least, that's the difference between apple+R and apple+shift+R on macs, I don't remember what it's like on a Wintel. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 00:07, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
Ctrl + F5 is a hard refresh in IE. And the problem was that you didn't enter the #redirect command, you just wrote plain text (The MediaWiki engine is not that intelligent!). Bob Castle has already fixed this. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 11:33, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


Web address redirects[edit]

I have a lot of spare time on my flippers, and I've created redirects to the articles for editions of Wikipedia with over 50,000 articles from their web addresses (e.g. eo.wikipedia.org). Would it be a good idea to create redirects from web addresses to the articles of smaller Wikipedias, or would they probably get listed on Wikipedia:Redirects for deletion? --Gray Porpoise 22:47, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

  • I can't think of any specific page regarding this, but I wouldn't recommend this. People who visit English Wikipedia should get English articles. Besides, cross-language redirects don't work and I would remove them citing the speedy deletion criterion for external links.- Mgm|(talk) 08:39, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
  • I think what Gray Porpoise means is that anyone viewing the article eo.wikipedia.org on the English Wikipedia would be redirected to the article Esperanto Wikipedia, also on the English Wikipedia. No cross-language redirects are involved. --=# Amos E Wolfe talk #=- 09:45, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
    • Yes, that's what I meant, Amos. --Gray Porpoise 10:56, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
Many smaller Wikipedias don't have articles anyway. —Daniel (‽) 11:02, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
There are articles for some Wikipedias, such as those with 10,000-50,000 articles. Would it be a good idea (or at least not a bad idea) to redirect to them? --Gray Porpoise 11:09, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


How do you create a redirection? Is that even what I need to do?[edit]

I recently created an entry for the Pensacola Museum of Art, but when I tried searching for it, I typed in "pensacola museum of art" in the search box and not only was I not taken to thta article, but my article didn't even show up on the search page! Is the search box Case-Sensitive? Because I search for things all the time with out paying attention to the case but it has never mattered. Am I supposed to redirect "pensacola museum of art" to "Pensacola Museum of Art"? If so, how do I do that> —Preceding unsigned comment added by LaEditora (talkcontribs)

Yes, the searches are case-sensitive, except that the first word is always capitalized, and yes, you would need to create a redirect page. You can learn how to create a redirect here. Generally, people create redirect pages for common capitalization differences, which is why you may not have noticed it in the past. It's not a big deal, in fact it's fairly standard. Good luck! —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 00:04, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
For a redirect from another capitalisation, please put {{R from other capitalisation}} after the redirect markup. --Gray Porpoise 00:07, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
The search doesn't immediatley show up new articles, it can take days before it is indexed. ViridaeTalk 00:10, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
Please see Wikipedia:Very Frequently Asked Questions#An article doesn't show up in the search. Like it says, "search" is infrequently updated but case insensitive and "go" usually masks the fact that article names are case sensitive. In your example, the "go" algorithm doesn't work so you should add a redirect. I'd suggest Pensacola Museum Of Art. -- Rick Block (talk) 03:22, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


How do I create an archive?[edit]

I've been trying to clean up my talk page so that only recent discussion appear on it, however, I don't know how to archive a previous discussion. Please help. You can respond here or on my talk page, whichever is more convenient. Ramsquire 23:51, 15 August 2006 (UTC)

You can create a subpage of your usertalk that's something like User_talk:Ramsquire/Archive and copy the content from your talk page that you want to archive, or there's probably some way to do it with a bot, but I'm not really familiar with bots. I'll leave a note on your talk page too, that I answered. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 23:54, 15 August 2006 (UTC)
You might want to read How to archive a talk page too. Brian 23:56, 15 August 2006 (UTC)btball


Thank you for your help. Ramsquire 00:16, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


How do I cite my resorces[edit]

Excuse me. I just wanted to know how to cite my information. Please anser.Aberon Jones 01:43, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

WP:REF should help you. ViridaeTalk 01:44, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


Disambiguation page[edit]

Is there anything special that needs to happen to make a disambiguation page? Where can I read up on making them? I am thinking about James Lewis and James W. Lewis. Anchoress 02:23, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

Read WP:DISAMBIG ViridaeTalk 02:27, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
Thanks very much! I'll get reading. ;-) Anchoress 12:50, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


Linking...[edit]

If im talking about a city. Lets say NYC. and i mention a metro. Should the link be to the noun metro, or to the NYC metro system, if such an article exists?

Pro: you get linked to a relevant location.

Con: The link could have little relevance to the general subject. SvenGodo 03:08, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

The usual style is to link to the article that has the best context. In that example, I think NYC Metro would be more appropriate. I'd be willing to be the NYC Metro article links to Metro, so people can get more granular info if they need it. The Wikipedia:Manual of Style (links) page discusses linking in more detail. Shell babelfish 03:17, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
  • I second that. When you are writing about films instead of linking to a year, it's also custom to link to "2006 in film" instead of just "2006". - Mgm|(talk) 08:33, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


Search engine question[edit]

Wondering whether I have to do anything special to get my article indexed in the search engine? I added it a few days ago, but it doesn't pop up when I

down less often and it can search for variant spellings and capitalisations). Go to Google and type "site:en.wikipedia.org (search term)" to search Wikipedia via Google. --Sam Blanning(talk) 12:50, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

Thanks for the help!


4PL[edit]

WHAT IS 4PL??? WHAT IS THE DEFINITION FOR 4PL —The preceding unsigned comment was added by 213.42.2.22 (talkcontribs) 12:41, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

You may find the answer at our article 4PL. Otherwise, try the Wikipedia:Reference desk - this page is for questions about using Wikipedia. They may find it helpful if you provide more information (is it a computer term? business? engineering?) --Sam Blanning(talk) 12:48, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

Should pricing and dollar amounts be inflation adjusted?[edit]

I've seen several articles that reference a dollar amount for a specific period in time (e.g. Videocassette_recorder) with no indication of whether the amount is adjusted for inflation.

I've searched through the Wiki style guides and FAQ's and there's no standard for this. It's my opinion that because the Wiki "could be printed at some point", that all amounts should be in non-adjusted dollar amounts, or at the very least, stated that they are inflation adjusted to some date. --Qexter 14:40, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

You could point out, if necessary, that the prices are in X dollars, where X is the year of the statement. That's a fairly standard way of describing a price/value over time. Tony Fox (arf!) 16:05, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Monetary values are generally given in whatever the amount was at the time it was calculated or recorded. Inflation correction is only really needed in comparisons between different years or in economic context. - Mgm|(talk) 16:15, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


My edition to an article[edit]

I recently add a "Glossary of Card Counting" to the article on Card Counting. When I went back to chedk the citiation today it wasn't there. Why? I received some notes that I didn't understand under the New Messages click. Please explaing to me why my "Glossary" is not eligible to be added to the article on Card Counting. Thank You, Jay Friedlander fpyaj95@... email removed to protect from spam —The preceding unsigned comment was added by 205.188.116.71 (talkcontribs) 15:53, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

I couldn't find the edit you mentioned (in your contributions or in the history of Card counting). Perhaps your computer crashed, and the edit wasn't made? —Daniel (‽) 16:00, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
I found the edit (diff) here. I suspect that its placement at the very end of the article and its layout, which created a large number of boxed sections, probably caused a regular editor of the page to remove it as problematic. You might want to go to the Talk:Card counting page and discuss the insertion of some of this information, and whether it's suitable for the article in question. Cheers! Tony Fox (arf!) 16:04, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
The glossary was added by User:Jay_friedlander on August 13. It was formatted in a rather disgusting fashion. On August 14, it cleaned up and renamed "Typical Traites (sic) of a Card Counter". That was further cleaned up throughout the day and then deleted by User:Rray for being original research - which is not allowed on Wikipedia. --Kainaw (talk) 16:12, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


how do i delete a picture i uploaded[edit]

--Amirstal 19:28, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

If it was a mistake and it's not used anywhere, add {{db-author}} to the page. —Centrxtalk • 19:31, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, directly asking an admin in conjunction helps. — [Mac Davis] (talk)


Redirect problem: page vanished[edit]

V: The New Mythology Suite now redirects to wikiversity (presumably because of the "V:" in the title). All the links to this page don't work anymore (e.g. the links in this article). How can we get this page back? Petergee1 19:30, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

Hmm, I would ask a developer, either User:Brion VIBBER or User:Tim Starling. Prodego talk 19:35, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
I have asked about this at Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)#Interwiki redirects bumping into articles; there was a similar issue with another article just today as well. —Centrxtalk • 19:50, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


register[edit]

I keep trying to find the to create a username to create an article but i can't find it can some one help me?!?!?

Top right corner, there is a link to log in / create an account.--Kchase T 20:11, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


Commercial Link?[edit]

I would like to add a good resource on psoriasis to the psoriasis page but I don't know if it's commercial or not. Here is the link: http://www.healthtalk.com/psoriasis/index.cfm Can I add this to the external links section?

It doesn't look like a commercial site to me. Well done for asking first! —Daniel (‽) 20:35, 16 August 2006 (UTC)


Unprotect[edit]

Could someone please unprotect my talk page? Mo-Al 22:12, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

Done. For future reference, you should make such requests at WP:RFPP. Prodego talk 22:14, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
Thank you! Mo-Al 22:20, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

Article Title Question[edit]

Hello,

I would like to write a bio of someone but there is already a bio of another person with the same name! In this case, how do you title it differently since both names are the same? Thanks very much for your help!

Joschus 14:53, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

You can write the name with the characteristic, like if there are two Imoengs, I would write Imoeng (handsome) and for the another one Imoeng (more handsome). Don't worry about the name to search the article as you can disambiguate the article. For that, please check Help:Editing. Cheers -- Imoeng 14:57, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
I love your example! Just to add to that, the concept of disambiguation (often abbreviated to dab.) is explained at Wikipedia:Disambiguation. The style used for disambiguation is decribed at Wikipedia:Manual of Style (disambiguation pages). Cheers, Tangotango 14:58, 10 August 2006 (UTC)
Upps, yeah, WP:DAB would be better :P thanks Tangotango! Imoeng 14:59, 10 August 2006 (UTC)

Alright, my turn now! How would I change the title of the article? Can I? Or do I have to make a new article? Regeane Silverwolf 01:44, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Creating an entry with the same name as another entry[edit]

I would like to create an entry for "Sun Studio". But there already is such an entry. But the "Sun Studio" I'm talking about is the collection of compilers and tools from Sun Microsystems and not the famous recording studio of the same name. See http://developers.sun.com/sunstudio

So can I do this? rchrd 22:13, 16 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi Rchrd, you can do that with a disambiguation page. Icey 22:17, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
  • The other option is to put a descriptor in parentheses, such as Sun Studio (compilers). — Reinyday, 03:41, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


contacting a member[edit]

A member posted interesting comments on a talk page and I would like to talk to him personally. I looked on how to contact another member of wiki, and it simply said to type user: <username> and then select "email user" in the toolbox. However, there is no such option on my toolbox. How do I get in contact with this wikipedia user? —The preceding unsigned comment was added by Mike333221 (talkcontribs) .

To email a user, you have to provide an email address for your account (which they will see if you send them an email). The other way is to put a message on their talk page, i.e. "user talk:<username>". -- Rick Block (talk) 02:46, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

hallo dear concerned i have read your message about change of my name which infact is a E Mail i have gone through the istructions but could not understand how to change it with my name IQBAL My e mail which is displayed is as under <email removed>.please change it with my name iqbal

thanks iqbal —Preceding unsigned comment added by Iqbal2300@yahoo.com (talkcontribs)

You can request your name be changed at Wikipedia:Changing_username. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 03:22, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Creating an archieve for a talk page[edit]

Hi there, I want to archieve a talk page. Talk:World War III It is getting quite long, and a lot of the discussions are no longer relavent to the material as the artical has now split in two. Help? Motorfix 03:58, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Tab order of sign in page[edit]

I'm used to using the keyboard to fill out sign-in forms. The sequence is generally:

  • Type user name
  • <TAB>
  • Type password
  • <TAB>
  • <SPACE> (or <ENTER>) to submit the form

On Wikipedia, the next field in the tab order after password is the E-mail a password button, and not the Log In button. Can this be changed? I keep e-mailing myself new passwords, and even though I can still go ahead and use the old password and disregard the e-mail, it gets a little irritating. --Silvaran 19:43, 16 August 2006 (UTC) (Firefox on Ubuntu Dapper Linux, UA is Mozilla/5.0 (X11; U; Linux i686; en-US; rv:1.8.0.5) Gecko/20060731 Ubuntu/dapper-security Firefox/1.5.0.5)

Just press enter (return) after you've typed your password. —Daniel (‽) 19:49, 16 August 2006 (UTC)
  • It used to tab onto the login button. Why was it changed to begin with? That's the second time I send for a password in two days when I didn't need one. - Mgm|(talk) 07:23, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
If its really that big of an issue for you, you can raise your issue here: WP:VP/T.--NMajdantalk 19:59, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


UCIMED[edit]

Hello! I just wanted to ask how can I make my UCIMED wikipage appear in search engines such as yahoo and google. Thanks! —Preceding unsigned comment added by Huaizhi (talkcontribs)

Usually search engines have a way to rank pages by popularity or relevance to the search term. Therefore, there is no real way to artificially push your page up in ranks. You might be able to pay money to have your page displayed as an advertisement, but high-traffic sites like Google tend to charge a LOT of money so that may not be the best thing to do.
At any rate, your question really has nothing to do with editing or using Wikipedia and so should probably have been directed elsewhere. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 03:25, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
  • Wikipedia articles tend to be picked up by search engines automatically. Patience is the key. - 87.209.70.231 04:56, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
Keakealani, you have misunderstood the situation. The OP was asking about Universidad de Ciencias Medicas, or UCIMED, which he has created. Regarding the question, as explained in the first answer in the VFAQ, Wikipedia's search engine is indexed very infrequently. It will probably take a while until your page is indexed. The google engine is much quicker - it shouldn't take more than a few days, and as anon said, you don't need to do anything for that. -- Meni Rosenfeld (talk) 09:30, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Deleting?[edit]

I need to delete a post

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pesinsight

I made it but realised you are not supposed to do things about your own sites, so can it be removed please. Thanks.

  • Thanks for letting us know. - Mgm|(talk) 09:05, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
Also, you could just add the tab {{db-author}} to the page. Brian 18:42, 17 August 2006 (UTC)btball


how is it pronounced?[edit]

Hello, Is it possible that you put phonetic symbols for names for those who do not speak English and/or are not familliar with the English/north american names??

Thank you

That is why there is a Wikiepdia in many other languages, so you can read the one that is in the language you prefer. --Kainaw (talk) 13:58, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
For many articles when an editor believes that a name or unusual word will be difficult for people to know how to pronounce they included the IPA version of that word. If there's a particular word where you think it would help the article by including the IPA, you can leave a comment on the talk page of the article or be bold and add it to the article yourself. Brian 14:22, 17 August 2006 (UTC)btball


Restoration of deleted article request page[edit]

Is there a page in Wikipedia to request restoration of an article due to being speedy delete, so the article can be nominated for Wikipedia:Articles for Deletion. (Reason: No consensus) Hello32020 14:23, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Not quite sure what you are getting at but try WP:DRV. ViridaeTalk 14:26, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Image won't show up[edit]

Can anyone figure out why Image:BeersSteersandQueers.jpg won't show up on the Beers, Steers, and Queers pagein the album infobox?

thanks

--The Talking Sock talk contribs 15:22, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

I think it was a typo. Either way, it works now. Garion96 (talk) 15:48, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
This is really really weird: History.
Oh well, now it works --The Talking Sock talk contribs 17:33, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


DELETION[edit]

I know this question may seem dumb, but how do I delete a picture that I uploaded? Zabuphia 15:50, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Only administrators can delete images, but if you add the {{db-author}} tag to the page, someone should come around a take care of it. -- Natalya 15:57, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Help for a computer idiot[edit]

Through Google, I found a Wikipedia link to a building that is going up on the campus of my alma mater, Franklin & Marshall College. So far so good. But then I started checking all the info on F&M and found lots of errors, but one bothered me the most.

In a section on the history of the College, under 21st century, I found a reference to January 19, 2006 (two days after Ben Franklin's 300th birthday; the College delayed the day-long celebration of his birth because the students had not yet returned to campus). One of the day's activities included a lecture by Edmund Morgan, a Franklin scholar, which indeed he is, but on that day Walter Isaacson, another Franklin scholar and author of a highly praised biography of Ben, gave the keynote lecture. The day itself was called the "Franklin Experiment."

I tried to edit the "mistake," by replacing Edmund Morgan with Walter Isaacson, but I don't think I did it correctly. I just opened my "account" last night, as Wikwonk, and then a half hour ago started to ATTEMPT the change/edit. I don't think I succeeded.

Wikwonk 15:58, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Hi, and welcome. You're correct, your edit was not made. You might want to read how to edit a page. I've also supplied some good getting started information on your talk page. Brian 16:10, 17 August 2006 (UTC)btball


New Slang Word[edit]

Does Wikipedia accept new slang words or only articles?

  • No. Wikipedia does not accept new slang words for a variety of reasons.
  1. We're an encyclopedia, not a dictionary.
  2. new slang is usually unverifiable or non-notable.
  3. Wikipedia is not the place to promote something new. - Mgm|(talk) 17:07, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
But Wiktionary is not the urban dictionary. Don't go nutz. — [Mac Davis] (talk)
  • Yes, let it be clear that wiktionary doesn't accept new slang either. - Mgm|(talk) 19:17, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Edit Summary[edit]

What is an Edit Summary and why and when should I use it?

--Que? 19:07, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Help:Edit summary ? --144.92.32.246 19:10, 17 August 2006 (UTC)
As a note, you really should always use an edit summary unless there's a pressing reason not to - it lets editors look at the history and know what happened without having to check the diffs every time. But yes, that link should help. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 21:04, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Article deleted[edit]

I wrote an article recently about The College of Westchester, which has since disappeared. The information was factual, and it's a real school that isn't listed in Wiki despite other schools like it being listed. I wondered why it had been removed?

Please post reply to my "talk" page. Thanks! RoaringMice 19:28, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Replied on talk page.--NMajdantalk 19:47, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


External links[edit]

On the page for Michael Emerson, we're having a bit of a problem with external links. Someone keeps removing all but 1 of the links. The 1 link they're leaving up is for an unofficial site, that simply has information copied from the article. I'm confused as to why he/she keeps inserting that link, but removing the other 3. The other 3 are:

1) A fan message board, which I can understand being removed. 2) A link to Emerson's off-Broadway theater history. 3) A link to Emerson's Broadway theater history.

I've tried reverting, but they revert it back. I tried getting them to leave their reasons for this on the talk page twice, but no response. Am I misinterpreting Wiki policy here by thinking that the unofficial site that has simply copied the information from the Wiki article has no more place in External links than the other 3 links? It's starting to piss me off, but I'm not sure what to do about it, since reverting and discussing it isn't working. -Flummery 19:34, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Be careful to avoid the three revert rule, but I think you're probably in the right - at the very least the editor should explain why he or she is reverting your edits, and I assume you already have explained it. You may want to get a third opinion or request a comment so that you can display a sense of consensus in your side of the argument. At any rate, you may want to check out Wikipedia:Resolving disputes. —Keakealani Poke Mecontribs 19:47, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Linking Images?[edit]

I've uploaded an image but don't see how to link it so that the image appears in an article.

Is there a how to page on this?—The preceding unsigned comment was added by Spamdumpster (talkcontribs) .

Hi. Please see WP:PIC, WP:IMAGE and WP:IMG. In short though, the code in use in most articles is [[Image:name of image|thumb|caption text]].--Fuhghettaboutit 19:57, 17 August 2006 (UTC)


Can this be done??[edit]

I'm curious...

Is it possible for someone to find your IP address when you are logged on? --BoWavem0n 21:16, 17 August 2006 (UTC)

Only a small handful of people have the permissions to do that; it's called Checkuser. The privacy policy dictates that they can't do it without good cause. —Bunchofgrapes (talk) 21:19, 17 August 2006 (UTC)